Erindale College University of Toronto 1973-1974

~~,., ,,,,! :y,Da//1

Acad mic Cal ndar

Admini trativ taff

Faulty Lit

Principal' Me ag

General Information

Table of Contents

Combin d Arl Education Programme

Survey Science Programme

Admission Requirements

Registration

Schedule of Fee

Scholarship and Financial As i tance

Courses, Subject and Academic Programmes

Groups of Related Courses

Profe ional Faculties and College of Education

Degree Course in Exten ion

Requiremen for Standing

Examinations

Course Abbreviations

Subjects and Cour c

Index

PAGE

3

5

6

11

12

15

16

17

20

22

25

30

32

36

38

42

47

50

51

185

Important Academic Dates and Deadlines

1973 April 19

June 1

Augu t 13-17 September 3 September 12 October 5

Octob r 8 ovember 15

November 30 D1.:c mb r I t

D~c mbcr 11-21 D~ccmber 22

1974

January 2 January 7 Januur I 5 I· bruar

February 15

hhrnar 18-22

pril 11

Last date for return of application for admis ion scholar hip .

Last date for receipt of the following applications:

- admi ion of new Regular tudcn to full-time tudie .

- re-regi tration of former tudents not in attendance in the previou e ion.

- transfer from part-time to full-time tudie .

- College transfers.

August examination .

Labour Day (University clo ed

Cla e begin. The late regi trati n penalty will be enforc d.

o change in full cour e or in fir t term (F) or in (Y)

half-cour may be made after thi date.

Thank gi ing Day (Cla e cancelled).

La t date to complete the following:

- confirmation of programm1.: by ea h tudent 1gnmg a

list of hi course in the offi e of hi Coll ge Regi trar

b tween October 30 and ovember 15. - withdrawal from a fir t term (F) our with ut

academic pcnalt ·. - Third-Year tud nt to notif th ir Coll u Regi trar

if they wi h to receive th ir d ·gr1.: .

- ourth-Y car tud ·nt to indic tc th ir ch i f deer Fall nn ation.

Fir·t-t rm la ~ 1.:nd. II t rm ~ r ompl t d

by thi dak. amin tion pcric d for c urs and t rm-t t .

hri. tma. holida · · b gin.

du.

• ,1dc mic f nalt " r fc r trnn f 'rt

R • Jin • ' k - I tur ~111d lab

ith ut pen It_..

ft r thi d t •

nd. / II t rm ·1 ·i •nm nt h uld mpl t db

April 12 April 22-Ma 10 Jun 1

Jun 5 July 10

Good Friday (University clo ed). Annual xamination . L t dat to ubmit rcque t to transf r to full-tim tudi

for 1974-75 ion. Univ r 'ty Comocation begin . La t dat for tudents \\ith upplcmental privilege to apply to writ the August amination .

Administrative Staff

University of Toronto

Chancellor President Vice-President and Provost

Vice-Provost Director of Admissions Chief Librarian Acting Director of University Extension Principal, University College Dean, F acuity of Arts & Science Associate Dean Associate Dea11 Associate Dean Associate Dean and Secretary

Erindale College

Principal

Dean Associate Dean Associate Dean Registrar Associate Registrar

Pauline M. McGibbon, o.c., B.A., LL.D.

John R. Evans, M.D., D.PHIL., LL.D., F.R.C.P.(C)

D. F. Forster, B.A., A.M.

P. P. M. Meineke, s.sc., M.A., PH.D.

W. Kent, M.A.

R. H. Blackburn, M.A., B.L.s., M.s., LL.D.

E. M. Gruetzner, B.A.

A. C.H. Hallett, B.A., PH.D.

R. A. Greene, A.B., M.A. PH.D.

Mrs. J.E. Foley, B.A., PH.D.

G. A. B. Watson, M.A., s.T.o.

J.E. Cruise, B.A., M ... PH.D.

W. D. Fould , B.A.

J. T. Wil on, o.c., o.B.E., PH.D., c.o., LL.D.,

Librarian H. L. mith, B. ., B.L. •.

Comptroller T. P kbam, B.A., I.CO 1.

Administrative Officer uperintendent-Phy ical Plant

Dire tor of Physical Edu ation o. Dire tor of tudent Affair

tudent A id Offi er

Health ervice 1.0., c ... P.(

.. , LR .. P ..

ITHROPOLOGY

ASTRO 0,1Y

BIOLOGY

Bo tan

Microbiology

Zoology

CH .HSTRY

C '\SSJC..~

Erindale College Faculty

Pr fc or F. J. Melby B.A., LA., PH.O.

•Prof r A. Mohr A.B., PH.D.

Prof or L. . R inhardt B.F.A., f.A., PH.D.

L. L. Sampl , A.B., PH.D.

Prof or B. . igmon, B.A., M . ., PH.D.

Prof or R. and rburgh. B.A. M.A.

or C. T. Bolton, B. M .. PH.D.

or J. R. Pere , B. c , LA., PH.D.

or R. Racine, M.A., PH.D.

*Profe or P. \ . Ball, B. c., PH.O.

Profe_ r W. G. Filion, M. c., PH.o.

Profe or R. A. Fro t. B. c., A.R.C .. , PH.O.

Profe or P.A. Horgen, B.A., i. ., PH.D.

Profe or P. \\'.Maycock, M c., PH.D.

Profe sor P. . Rangnekar, M.sc., PH.D.

Profe .or G. R. Thaler, M. c., PH.D.

*Profess.or A. Guha, M. c., PH.D.

Profe sor I. Silver. B.s., PH.D.

Profe or W. T. Geiling M .. , PH.o.

Profe sor D. L. Gibo, B.A., PH.O.

Profc sor G. K. Morri , B.S.A. M.A., PH.D.

Profe r D. H. O'Day, M. c., PH.O.

Profe or P. J. Pointing B. C.F., PH.D.

*Pr fe or B. I. Root!, B.Sc., PH.D.

Profc or W. G. Sprule , B. c., M.A., PH.D.

Mr. R. Stephen , B.A.

Profc sor J.M. Dcckcr , L.sc., OR.SC.

Profe sor M. Mo koviL, B.SC., Pn.o.

Profe or G. A. oz·n, B. c., D.PHJL.

•Profe or A. J. Poe, PH.o., o.r.c., o. c. r . J.C. Poe, M.S ., A.R.C . ., OJ ..

Profe or J. J. Rae, .A., P11 .o .

Profe or .. A. Robin on, PH.D., o .

Profe sor I. W. J. Still, n.s ., PH.o.

Profe sor M.A. Winnik, u.A., PH.D.

Profe or R. L. B ck, M .A., PH.o.

*Profe or . G. ~Hiott, B.A., PH.o.

Profc or(' I R id, n.A., PH.o.

7

OMM RCE

COMPUTER S IE CE

DRAMA

EARTH & PLANETARY SCIENCES

ECONOMICS

N LISH

l· INH RI

H~I· II

Profc sorW. E. Grasham, B.A. c., M.A.

Professor H. McCandle , B.COM., C.A., M.B.A.

*Profe or M. Sommer, B.COM., o.B.A.

*Profc or C.R. Crawford, M.A., PH.o.

Mr. J. Metzger, A.B., M.Sc.

Mr. J. A tington, B.A., MA.

Profc orK. C. Burke (Geology), B.Sc., PH.D.

ProfcssorD. J. Dunlop (Phy ic ), M.A., PH.o.

Profe sor D. H. Gorman (Geology), B. c., PR.D.

*Profe orH. C. Hall (Phy ic ), M. c., PH.D.

Mr. W. Kidd (Geology), B.A.

Profe or J.B. Waterhou c (Geology). M. c., PH.D.

Profe or J. T. Wil on (Phy ic ), o.c., o.B.E., PH.D.,

C.O., LL.D., P.R .. C., F.R ..

Profe or A. Donner, B. .• LA., PH.D.

Profe or\\.'. T. Ea tcrbrook. f. ., PH.D., LL.D., F .R .. c. Profe or S. M. Eddie, B ••• PH.D.

Profe Profe

*Proft: Pr fc Profe Pr f Profc.: Prof

Pr f

or J. Floyd, B.CO f., LA., PH.D.

or M. . Fu . B. c., f.A .• PH.o.

or M. J. Hare, a.co t.

or J. . Hyne . A.B.

or . f. ~rug r. B., .. PH.D.

or G. F. cGuig n. f. . c., oc.o.

or J Pt: and . B •.•. f . .\., PH.D.

or

l. ., PH.D.

l. ., PH.O.

L. I k n, u. ., i. .• PH.n.

1r . K. 1 urli r. n ... l. .

GEOGRAPHY

GEOLOGY

GERMA

HISTORY

I A IA

MATH ·MATJ

Pr fe D. DE L'U.

Mrs. M. Ducretet, L.P .H.L., GREG.

Profe r P.R. Findla M.A, PH.D.

Mrs. J. Le Gall, B.A., I.A.

Mrs. 1. Raine, B.A., M.A.

Profe or . tein, f.A., PH.D.

Prof or D. A. Trott, M.A., PH.D.

•Profe or H. H. Weinberg, i.A., PH.D.

L., D.E .. ,

Profe or H.F. Andrew , B.A., M. c., D.PHJL.

Pr f sor A. R. Byrne B.A. M.A. PH.D.

Mr. P. Duckworth B.A. M.A.

fr. G. H.K. Gad, DR.PffiL.

Prof sor G. Gracie B.A. c. PH.D.

• Profe or W. Harri on, .B., .M., PH.D.

fr. C. I. Houston, B.A., M.A.

Mr. T. F. Mcilwraith B.A., M.A.

Profe or J.C. Munday, A.B., PH.D.

Profe or D. F. Putnam, B .A., PH.D.

Profe or K. Burke, B. c., PH.D.

Profe sor D. H. Gorman, B.SC., PH.D.

Mr. W. Kidd, B.A.

Profe or J.B. Waterh u , M. c., PH.D.

fr. W. Bauer, M.A.

• Profe. or W. Meyer-Erlach, B.A., PH.D.

Profe sor J. P. Payne, M.A.

Mr. M. Dafoe, B A., M.A.

*Profe sor A. C. Gluck, B.A., M.A., PH.D.

Mr. R. E. Johnson, B.A.

Profe sor C. La Vigna, B.A., PH.D.

Profe or D. P. Morton, M.A., Pll.D.

Profe or D. L Raby, B.A., PH.D.

Profe or W. B. White, A.B., M .. , PH.D.

Mrs. P. Marchese, n A., M.A., Pf!IL.M.

•Prof ~ r G. . Mauotta, B.A., M.A., Pll.D.

Mr. L. McCormick, a A., A.M.

Profe sor D. F. Andrews, M.s ., Pll.D.

Profc or . Bloom, n. ., M .A., Pll.D,

9

MUSIC

PHILO OPHY

PHYSICS

L

Professor C. R. Crawford, M.A., PH.D.

Profc or P.H. H. Fantham, M.A., D.PHlL.

Professor V. Jurdjevic, M.s., PH.D.

Professor W. Lakin, M .. , PH.D.

Profc or J. LeBel, M.A., PH.D.

Profe or M. Mather, B.A., PH.D.

Profes or F. D. TaU, A.B., PH.D.

• Profe or S. M. Trott, B. c., M.A., PH.D.

*Ms. G. G. Jones, B.A., M.A., PH.D.

Profe or J. V. Canfield, M .. , PH.D.

Profe or C. E. Cas in, M.A., PH.D.

Profe or C. H. Cha tain, B. ., M.A.

*Profe or W. J. Huggett, M.A., PH.D.

Profe or A. Ro enthal, . ., PH.D.

Profe or M. Schiller, B.A., PH.D.

Mr. A. I. F. Urquhart M.A.

Profcs or R. F. Code, 8. c., A. r., PH.D.

Profe or D. J. Dunlop, f.A., PH.D.

Profc · or H. C. Hall , M. ., PH.D.

Mr. R. G. John on, B .. , f .. , PH.D.

Profe r P. P. M. M in ke, B c., f

T.P.

,PH.D.

, 0.8.E., PH.D., C.D., LL.D.,

ng, f .. , PH.D.

10

PSYCHOLOGY

RELIGIOUS STUDIES

Prof _ or T. M. llowa , M.A., PH.D.

Prof r K. Blank t in, B.A., 1.A., PH.D.

Profe r C. f. rt r, B.A. PH.D.

*Profc or F. I. M. Craik s. c., PH.D.

Prof Prof or . fo ovitch, B. c .. M.A., PH.D.

Prof or P. Pliner, B .. , PH.D.

Prof or R. I. Ro enbaum, B.A., >I.A., PH.D.

Profe or I. M. Spig I, 1.A., PH.D.

*Profe or L. J. Elmer, B.A. .T.B. S.T.D.

Mr. M. Lavelle, B.A., M.A.

Mr. L. Schmidt, B.A., M.A.

SLAVIC LA1 G .AGES Mr. K. Lantz, B.A., M.A.

& LITERATURE

SOCIOLOGY

SPANISH

SURVEY SCIE. CE

ARTIST-JN­RESIDE 'CE

FILM-MAKER-JN­RESIDE CE

WRITER-I -RESID CE

*Faculty Adviser.

*Profe or~ .• '. Shneidman, f.P.H.E., M.A., PH.D.

Profe sor A. M. Bennett, M.A.

Profe sor H.J. Breslauer, M.A., M.PHIL.

Professor L. Felt, B.A., PH.D.

*Prof sor W. Kalbach, M.A., PH.D.

Profes or J.B. Kervin, B.A., PH.D.

Pro e sor P. Lorion, B.A., M.A., PH.D.

Mr. A. T. R. Powell. M.A.

Profe or M. Spencer, A.B., M.A., PH.D.

Profe or 0. Hegyi. M.A., PH.D.

Profe. or E.G. eglia, M.A., PH.D.

•Professor M. Scarth, B.A., M.A.

Professor J. Webster, M.A., PH.D.

*Profe or G. Gracie, B.A.SC., PH.D.

Profe sor R. C. Gunn, B.A. c., M.A.SC., M.Sc.

David Blackwood, B.A.

ocl Moore

David Godfrey, M.F.A., Pll.D.

Principal's Message

Erindale College provide a large and peaceful campu with a country atmo phere for about 2500 full-tim students at the University of Toronto. Although only twenty mile we t of th centre of Toronto, the college grounds include a hand ome park, open fields and wood along the valley of the Credit River which provide a home for a variety of birds and wildlife. Thi i a happy environment for a college and particularly invite field tudie in the natural science .

The main buildin... which have been under con truction for the past veral year will be c mpl ted in the pring of 1973 and will provide th College with a full range of modern facilitie including library, laboratorie • a com­put r terminal. boo - tore. gymn ia.

and a wide variety of th u ual amcniti . Forty tud nt ar n w lh ing on the campu , but re idence for 250 mor are und r con tru tion and h uld be open in September 1973.

B . ide the u ual cour urs ar availabl . The u mput r •

njundi n ith

Arti-t-in-R id n , a Mu ·i ian-in-Rc id1.:n1.: • a Writ r-in-R id ·nc in-Re id n c and a Dramati t work informal!~ with tud nt nd ·n

nd nt w rk.

·tud nt.· and thl' th r thr

General Information

rindale Coll ge, on of th eight lleg that c n titut th' Fa ulty of r i nc in th nh· r it fT ronto, opem:d in ptcmb r 1967, · the we tern

campus of th it of Toronto. The College off r th rt and ien c Programm ofth niv r it · ofT r nt and tud nt ma qualifyfortheB . . or

th B. . in eith r a thr e or a four ear pr gramm . Th admi ion regulati n an.:

th of the Univ rsit of Tor nt . Erindale Coll ge i located t\ ·enty mil we t of th Toronto City Hall in the town

of M' i auga. It ma) b n.:a h1.:d by taking the Queen Elizabeth Highwa , or Highway , or th fa donald Cartier Free\ ay ( 401) t Mi i auga Road. ( cc

tbe map on back cover.) A bus ervice i provided for tafl and tud nt between the College and the

I lington-Bloor Subwa tation. th Clark on GO tation and the St. George campus

(Con ocation Hall). Full-time da mdent wi hing information about the College hould addre :

The Registrar. Erindale C ll gc, Mi i auga. Ontario; Tel. 2 -5231 or 82 -5331.

(Area code 416.) Part-time mdents houldcall 28-5244.

Counselling

Every effort is made to provide tudents with both general and specialized coun elling in all areas of per onal concern, i.e. academic, medical, p ychiatric, financial,

placement and vocational. The Office of the Regi trar i the place for general coun elling and advice on day

to day querie or problem .

In are where pecializcd as i tance i ne ded the Rcgi trar Office will refer the tud nt to the appropriate ervice. Pro pective tudcn are urgl:d to obtain academic

counselling, course election as istance, etc. from the Rcgi trar's Office r Faculty Advi ers during the ummer month .

Library

Erindale College Library ha5 an excellent and ever-growing collection of books, periodical , film trips. cas ttcs, clippings and other material now numbering 134.000 item . The Library i hou ed in a new building and . taffed with p opl trained to help the tudcnt use the Library' re ource .

Jn addition to th 11 g ~ Library, tudent and faculty have acee s to the more than two million volum~ of the nh.cr ity of 1 oronto Library n the t. orgc carnpu . There i a regular book delivery rvice from the nivcrsity of oronto to the rindale campu .

University Health Service

The nivcr ity Health rvice offer a partial but com pr hcnsivc m dical s rvicc for tudcnt on the ~ rindale campu throughout the academic year for treatment and

13

advice. Students arc encouraged to discuss their concern relative to contraception,

drug problems, unwanted pregnancies, exual life and venereal disease. An Infirmary

crvicc (October 1 to May J 5) i available as i extensive treatment and care for athletic injuries.

P ychiatric con ultation and coun elling to as ist the students with emotional and

social problem are readily available.

The primary responsibility of the Health Service i to the tudent, therefore, all

con ultation medical and p. ychiatric are strictly confidential and form no part of any

"University Record." Any information acquired in contact with a student will

not be given to anyone at any time without the express written permi sion of the

student.

Athletic Requirements

Physical examination i recommended for tho e taking part in c mpctitive body

contact sports.

Health Service Hours

Monday to Friday 9:00-5:00 p.m. After 5: 00 p.m. and weekend

Student Activities

Telephone 2 -5255 279-1700 279-1660

The students at Erindale publi h a paper called th Erindalian and operate a r dio

tation called Radio Erindale. criou literary magazin i publi h d t interval

called Impulse . cw tudent ar n ouraged to i tin th uc ful opcr ti n of

the above project . Th re arc al Languagl: lub and Int n: t lub ( am r Club.

Che lub, etc.) whi h ar well upp rted by th tud nt .

.R . ) ff r· a

nd

14

E.C.A.R.A. likewi organi1e an e. t n i e intramural pr gramme of m n' and ·om n' por and offi in tru tion in' ariou re r ati nal kill .

Residences

Erindale Colleg \\ill off r re idence ac mmodation for up t 290 tud n in the fall of 19 3.

To\\nhouse tyl re idence m keitpo iblefor tud~nt to hareli\ingc. pen on a co-op basi , contributing a c rtain amount of monc. per w ck. Student have e timated they can ave up to 200 per year by cooking th ir own meals. Each unit al o governs i elf cooperatively.

Four-person unit have four ingle tudy bedr m plu living room, kitchen and lhing areas. Six-per · n uni are made up of two double tudy bedrooms and two ingle tud} bedroom , plus the ame communal kitchen and living areas. All unit

have laundry faciliti . R idence are ju ta few minute 'walk from the library, classrooms, and cafeterias where students can buy meals when they wi h.

Co ts are approximate! 630 per year. September to Ma , for a inglc; approximately $5 0 per year, double.

For further information contact the Housing Office, Erindale Campu , Univer ity of Toronto, Missis auga, Ontario.

Third Year Study Elsewhere

Information concerning this programme can be obtained from the St. George Calendar for 1973-74 and from Mr . Linda Webber. tudcnt Aid Officer, Erindale College. Telephone 2 -5234. Chairman of Committee on tudy Elsewhere is Profe or J. R. Web ter, Erindale College.

Audio-visual Equipment

Audio-visual equipment including camera and portable video tape recorder , cas ctte tape recorders, film splicers and editor , arc available to students to as ist them in their work. Workshops are provided to as i~t tud nt in the u c of this equipment.

Foreign Students

The niver ity of Toronto, International ( 1.;ntrc ( I.S. . ) i anxious to b • of rvic1.: to foreign tudents. Pre-departure advice, information on arrival, accommodation, co t of living, financial aid, employment, food, health r qui rem nts, in~urancc, etc., is readily availabl . orcign students are encouraged to write: International tudcnt Centre, 33 St. G ·orgi.: Street, 'J oronto, Ontario, anada M5S l A 1.

Erindale College - Sheridan College Combined Art Education Programme

Thi i the first co- perativc University and Community allege programme in Ontario.

A main objective is to provide tudent with the academic background and the practical training ncccs ary for teachers of art in Ontario chools. In planning the programme, however, it wa kept in mind that not all tudcn might choo e teaching as their career. For the e the programme provide an excellent education and training for further tudie in art, or for career in gallcrie , museum and even in private practice.

Student mu t meet the admis ion requiremen of Erindale College, which include a complete grade XIII tanding, as well a tho e of heridan College, which include an acceptable portfolio of art work.

To obtain a B.A. degree at Erindale, 15 credits are required, 5 of the credit may be acquired through the tudio cour c offered at Sheridan. Thi programme provide the practical experience which i o e entiaJ to the d1.:velopm nt of arti tic abilities.

Bu transportation between the two college i pro ·id d. For cour e de cription cc Fine Art under ubject and Cour

Survey Science Programme

In rec nt years, man ha be ome acutcl a\ ar of the envir nm nt around him, particularly in nn cti n with uch di turbing a pcct pollution, ov rpopulation and depleti n of n tural r ourc . What ha been taken f r granted f rage i now recogniz d as a ti.nit nvironm ntal ' t m which must be pr perly managed in ord r to ustain life and promote ord rly d \'elopment f chilization.

Environm ntal manag m nt embra e m n of the ph ical, biol gical and ocial discipline into whi h know I dge i divid d. On of th key di ciplines of the environm ntal group i urve ienc , th i nc of mea Uiing and repre nting the geometrical and phy icaJ feature of our environment.

Survey science itself is a multi-di iplin body of knowledg which include uch technical subject as g ode y, photogramm try, remote en ing and cartography, a well as the proc dure that have been traditionally characterized as "surveying". Survey cience al o include urve law, particularly the principle of law which pertain to the location and e tabli hment of land boundarie , to land rcgi tration, and to the transfer of land ownership.

Survey science is a quantitative di cipline. in which the proce es of measurement, mathematical modelling numerical computation, data manipulation and data analysis play e sential role . Accordingly urvey science often employs highly ophisticated instrumentation and procedures which draw heavily upon the basic

disciplines of mathemati , phy ics and computer science. Survey science relate trongly to other environmental di ciplines, such as

geology, geophy ics and geography, and it is al o closely aligned with civil engineering and with urban and regional planning.

Details of courses offered will be found under Survey ience in section on Subjects and Courses.

Admission Requirements

Full detail of the University of Toronto undergraduate admi i n requirements for 1974 arc contained in the Undergraduate Admi sion Handbook 1974-75 available on rcquc t from the Office of Admis ions, Univer ity of oronto, Toronto, Ontario, MSS 1A3, and in all Ontario econdary chool . The 1973 requirements follow.

Admission requirement for all three campuse of the Univer ity of Toronto are the ame.

The Univer ity of Toronto' entrance requirements, effective in 1973, are outlin d on the pages following. Recently there have been ignificant curriculum development in some secondary schools (individual timetabling, the credit y tern etc.) and in consequence the Univer ity of oronto has arranged for more flexible ubject requirements. It should be empha ized, however, that tud nts in chool which are organized on the more tructured, traditional pattern may, if they wi h, continu to plan their grade 13 programme as at pre cnt. In either c it i left to th chool to determine what con titute an appropriate grade 13 programme.

For 1973 the University of Toronto i not publi bing a Ii t of a ccptable ubjec but docs give advice about ubject con idered of maj r importance.

Basis of Admission

Entrance to the Fir t Year of the undergraduate cour ·e i offered. depending u n the number of place available, to candidate from Ontario ec ndal) ch I demonstrate good standing, ba ed upon the following ... iden t::

1.

2.

3. 4.

2.

3. ni crsit ,

r ognizc<l subj shoul<l n rmall f r admis ion

f

nt d

4. C ndidate ar ad\i. d to includ in thdr grad J programm ' at ka l two f : ngli h, Fr nch or n thcr languagt:, math mati .

5. Ea h fa ulty r gard certain grade 13 ubj cl a n ar ' preparation and tht:. ~ ar Ii kd in ti n · 4 and 5 of th Und rgraduatc dmi i n Handb k

1973-74.

Notes for Students

1. ' minimum mark or perc ntag i pre crib d for admi. ion to the niversity, but b~cau of the pr ure of appli ation and the nature of th niver ity cou e it i likely that a tudenl' •ill require a · ho 1 average above 60% in ordcr to be con idercd for ekction.

2. The niversity of Tor nto d not pecif) the minimum number of year to be pent in . condary ch 1. If a ch r organization permit certain tudent to complete th ir tudic to th ' end of grade 13 in fewer than five years applicati n will be v.dcom d from tho.e tuden . The ni\'crsity doe not accept application from . tudent at the end of their grade 12 work.

3. If a student ta ·c more than five )Car to complete hi tudies to the end of

grade 13. the niver;ity expect corre pondingly higher standing: extenuating circum lances are consid red if reported by the chool.

4. pplication are con id red from student who e credential do not comply

ith th entrance requirement of th ni" r ity, but, as fully qualified applicants outnumber the entranc places annually available, uch student arc expected to offer evid nee of e ptional attainm nt to com pen ate for entrance deficiencies .

5. Candidat from educational juri diction out id Ontario hould pre nt a ubj ct pattern which generally conform with thi announcement and in

addition pccifically prcparc them for their own univcr iti . hey may improve their compctiti\c po ition by taking the ap 1tudl: and applicable achi vemcnt te ts offered by the Service for Admi sion to College and niversity or the aptitude tc t offercd by th\.'. College Entrance Examination Board . or information they hould write to the rvicc for Admi ion to ollcg and

nivc ity, 151 Slater St.. Ottawa, Canada, Kl P • J, or to th ollcgc ~ ntranc Examination B ard, B x 92, Princeton, ' w Jcr y, 08540, . .A.

Application Procedures

Candidat currently in Ontario Grad 13 hould apply through their high sch 1 ing the General Application orm.

0th· rcandidat hould write to th Otl1cc of Admi sion for a quc tionnair hich th y will in itcd to fill out for preliminary consid ration .

Final Date for Submitting Applications

Jur1 J. Only in circum tanccs which th ommittc on Admi iom deems

19

exceptional will a late application be con idered. For further information, con ult the current Undergraduate Admi ion Handbook.

Mature Students (Non-Matriculants)

An applicant who is at lea t 23 year of age, but who has never attempted an Ontario Grade 13 programme, or it equivalent, and who has been a resident of Ontario for at lea tone year, will be considered for admission to the Faculty of rts

and Science upon the completion with high tanding of one of the pre U course offered by the Div. of U. Exten ion. Per on wi hing to apply as mature candidate should consult the Office of Admi ion about their eligibility before undertaking one of the Pre- niversity Cour e ince ucccssful completi n of a Pre- nhersity Course does not in it elf en ure lection.

Admission to Advanced Standing

An undergraduate of another univcr ity or of anoth r faculty in thi niver ity m be admitted to advanced tanding on uch conditions a ma, be pre. cribed and mu t

apply to the Office of Admi .. ion before June 1. d an d tanding r dit · v. ard d to students who at another university or faculty have taken work which i equi al nt in content to work which would have been taken had they been enroll din thi Faculty. Each application i con idered individually in term of tht: tud nr pr~\i us record and the cour cs offer d in th Faculty.

An applicant for admi ion to d anc d tanding mu t ubmit, ,,.;ith hi ppli ti n for admi ion, th Ontario Grad 13 c rtifi at or quiv nt: and n ffi ial tran cript of hi record in the univer it r facult fr m which h wi h bowing the pccifi cour. 1.: which h1.: ha omplct d v. ith hi t nding in

Application for Admission and Registration

tudcnt currently in Grad I 3 apply f r admi . ion t th' ni\ r. it) of on A pplicatio11 Form~ provid1.:d b) the 1.:condary chooL. If th accepted a Letter of Admi~1io11 i · ·nt to the tud nt. ·orm fr r ur I ·tk n nd informati non r gi:tration pr dun: f llO\\ during th umm r. Th final t p in R gi. tration i the pa) m1.:nt of f1.:1.: (" ) . n pr nting th F Re tipt t th Rcgi trar' lli ~ a. ·111de111 /de111ifi atio11 Card' ill b i u L I hi l mpl t rcgistr tion and ma ' b dtmc • n tim • up t ) ft 'mb r th. Io \lid tin -up and long <.lchy. the student i: urg1.:d to t mpl l all ;qx: l' <fr gi:tr. til n l nJd ra 1 b for1.: this datt:.

tudcnts not um ntl) in 1rad' I 3 fill )lJt.tppli "ltil n fl rm pr \id db th' Off1n• vf A dmi.\ 1io11 • ~ pplk,1tion for full-tim tudi mu. t b' r ·tum ·d tl) th Oil kc or dmi. sil ns h fnrt: Junl I st. I h • ·uh lll nt pn • lur • .u th ·1m' .1 those dt: rib d abovt:.

tu<.lcnts who wish to h •r,mkJ ·r <lit f1 r • ur t:1k n .1t )th r Uni th ( dvan ·cd tundin ) shl1ul I indi at this ~k.1rl m th ir.111 ti·. ti1 n f rm·.

Registration

Ev ry tud ~nt in full-tim attcndanc > proceeding to a degree in th Fa ult of Arts

and i required to rcgi tcr in one of nivcrsit 11 gc, ictoria ollcg . Trinit oil ge. t. fi h el' College. ew Colkg '. Inni liege, carb rough Coll ge. Erindal JI g unlc · procc ding toward ad gr in the Divi ion of

ruversit Ext n i n. Information regarding th rdation of the Colleg to the Uni ·c it ·will be found und r the h ading "Th Faculty f Art and ciencc and

I Coll Registration information will be mailed to each student early in the 11111mer. A

tud nt regi ters for bi programme of tudie in the Facult) of Art and Science thr ugh the R gi trar of hi Colleg~. full-time pccial tudent regi ter through

the ociate cretar of the Faculty. A tudent eeking d tailed information about a pecific cour e, or programme

of tudie • hould consult the Ad i er or Undergraduate Secretary of the Department

in which the course or programme i offered. Students who are regi tering in the Faculty for the fir t time or regi tering again

in First Year must bring their letter of admi ion at the time of registration. When registering. all students are asked to give their Social Insurance umber. The regi tration copy of all fee forms received at the Office of the Comptroller

by mail will be ent to the College Registrar concerned prior to the day of regi tration. If nece sary a tudent may bring hi fee and fee form together with his cheque for fees and / or his Ontario Student Award Programme tatement of award, in person to the Office of tht.: Comptroller. If thi i done during or ju t before the Regi tration period. then the student will have to bring the receipted regi tration copy to the College Registrar· Office in order to regi ter.

Late Registration

o student may rcgi ter and enrol late except by petition. The Council may ref us permi ion to r gi ter late. The late penalty will be enforced, and every petition for late regi. tration and enrolment must be accompanied by the late registration fee. Petition for the refund of this fee mu t be ubmitt d by October 6, wilh a receipt indicating the amount paid.

Change of Course

Student who wi h to make a change in their programme after registration must con ult th ir liege Regi trar. All rcque. t oth r than tho e for ( ) courses should be made as early in the ion a pos ible, preferably b fore October 5th. Those ubmitted after that date will be granted only in the mo t exceptional circumstances. •o econd-term cour may be begun after ·ehruary I t.

Confirmation of Programme

All full-time tud1.:nt must confirm their choice of course bctw en ctobcr 30th and ·ovember J 5th and verify th add re s to which tatcment of final result arc

to be mailed by igning th ir programme in th office of their ollege R gi trar.

21

This procedure i cs cntial in order to ensure accurate record and o that examina­tion arrangements may be made. Third- and Fourth-year tudcnt mu t indicate their choice of degree. Regular students confirm their programmes at the office of their College Registrar; full-time Special Students only at th office of the Secretary of the Faculty.

Withdrawal

A student who wi be to withdraw from a cour c or from hi entire programme of studies during theses ion must do o through hi College Registrar. Thi must be done prior to November 15, if the cour e is offered only in the Fir t Term, or prior to February 15 in all other case , or be will be con idered to have failed.

The College Registrar is unable to authorize any refund of fee until he receive from the student written confirmation of hi intention to withdraw and th regi trati n card.

Special Students

A candidate for admi ion a a Special Student (one not proceeding to a degree in this Faculty) must apply to the Director of dmi i n , imc HaJL niversity of Toronto for form of application for admi ion and return them before ugust 1 for the Winter cs ion commencing in eptcmbcr. He hould appl for day I only if intending to regi ter in a full-time programme of five c Un>t: . Part-tim Special Student (i.e., th e taking three r fewer cou in a t: ion will rgi ter in the Divi i n of Univer ity xten ion but ma be givt:n pcrmi i n t takt: on' l r more cour e in day cla e .

Each application for a<lmi i n i n idcrcd indi' i<luall in t rm f th tud nt' previou. academic record. ran cript will thcrcf r be rcquirt:d.

Regular and pccial Student wh haw pr \iou I r 1 tcr d nd btain d tanding in the F culty f rt. and 1 'O c mu. t. uhmit a r 'qu' t for r ·gi tr tion

a a pccial tudcnt ca h c i m to the.: e r tar of th a ult. , idnc mith H 11. 1 0 t. G rg tr t, rrnt 15 I 1.

nl ss cl aring a c nditi m. ur:' 1·1k 'O • fl\: 1.11 tud ·nt m.) n )( h credited tow rds ad re.: l fkr db this acult) tud nt · t ur · for ~r dit or admi . ion I wh r ar ad' i d to cm ult th in. tttutil n l )fl rn d f r rcgi:tering. Rcgistralil n im.lt u til n. \ ill h' nt t ) ·1ppli ·mt. on , dmi

pedal tmk nt mu'>t obt ·1in tand1n in an ou in hi ·h th ,\r' 'nr II d, before the ma · cnr )I in un 'd ·tine.: 1 'l ur~ i~ th' ,1m ·ubj ·t.

pc ial tui.knts who do not v. rik till' annual .111110.\li\'ll , l r ho'' ith fr.\ frt ma ·irst-term cours' afkr l)\ mh r I )f fr )11\ in th r ' Ur'> ft r F ru· r ' I 5, c cpt ~ir m Jkal, r simil.1r r ·1s ns ( ir "hi ·h pr · ) mu t h ·ubmitt i),

will be consid red t l h.1 f 1ikd to <ibtain tandin,? in th ur. ' fl" ial tuJ nt will not b p rmitt d to ritl' suppl 'Ill ntal aminati\ n .

Schedule of Fees

Fees

Prior to n:gi trati n ach tudent newly admitt d t th Facult and each r turning tud nt will nt a f form and a ch dule off tating th academic and

in id ntal fe rc.:quircd, th' date du • and the method of payment. Fee var lightly by c Ueg and fr my ·ar to year and are ubj1;ct to change b the Governing Coun ii. Th approximate co. t for a tudcnt in Art· and icncl! i 630 annually for tuition and incidental fee uch tud nt organization , athletic, and health

rvice . Re id n e fe are parate and g nerally appro. imate 10 0 per year for

room and b ard. For further information conc·ming f e , tudcnt hould contact the Fee

D partment, Office of thi.: Comptroller. 215 Huron Street, cond Floor, Univer ity of Toronto, Toronto, f SS I A 1. (Telephone 92 -2142) tudents of the federated

college (Victoria. Trinity, St. . 1icha I' ) hould contact their college bur ar. Information regarding reidence will be ent on requc t to the residence concerned or to the Office of the Director of Ad.mini trative Service , Simcoe Hall Univer ity of Toronto.

Each Special Stud nt enrolled in the Faculty of Art and Science i required to pay fee at the office of the Comptroller. St. George campu . according to a chcdule to be et.

Application Fee

Each applicant Y.ho i not in full-time altcndancc at a Canadian econdary chool or who has not previously rcgi tered at thi niver ity i required to pay an application fee of ten dollar ( I 0) when ubmitting hi application form to the Offic of Admi ion . Simcoe Hall, University of Toronto.

Transcripts

Transcrip of acad mic record are furni. hcd by the acuity Office on payment of a fee of one dollar ( I ) each. For each additional copy ordered at the ame time, the fee i fifty cent ( SOc).

ewhere

Each tudcnt authorized to participate in th Study J wh r programme mu~t

pa · a fee of one hundred dollar ( I 00) to the omptroller and present his receipt to hi!'. Coll g Regi trar prior to d parture.

Out ide entre ee ach tudent who applie to write an examinntion out id Toronto must submit

with hi application a fee of ten dollar ( 10) plu five dollars ( 5) for ca h additional paper to be writt n at th · same out id centre.

23

pedal Examination Fe Each student who i granted permission to write a special examination mu t pay to the Comptroller a fee of ten dollars ( $10).

upplemental Examination Fee Each student who is permitted to write a supplemental examination must pay at the time of his application a fee of ten dollars ( $10) for one paper plus five dollar ($5) for each additional paper.

Fee for Re-checking Marks A student who requests that hi marks be re-checked mu t ubmit with his petition a fee of five dollars ( $5), which will be refunded if an error i found.

Penalties Students arc urged to con ult frequently the Schedule of Date printed at the beginning of this Calendar a thi ct forth the date by which c rtain admini trative action is required or penaltie may be incurred. The e charge are as follow :

Paying by Instalment Each student who pay hi fee in two in talmen ( eptember and January) mu t

pay an in talment charge of twelve dollar ( 12).

Late Regi tration Fee Each tudent who n.:gi ter aft r thi.: la t date for n rmal r gi tr tion mu t pay a lateregi trationfecoftendollar ( lO);for a hd ythi.;r fterth k i n additional one dollar ( I ) .

Late onfirmati n of Programm A tudent who fail to confirm his a adcmic pr gr·1mm Regi trar in ovcmbcr b · th date app intcd mu. t p )

- If confirming within 7 c k nd r da · - I 0 - If confirming after 7 cal ndar da · - _o.

L t Payment of ond In f lmcnt

lk~

tudcnt wh pay th balunle of hi r... aftc.:r th a p nalt of fiftc n d ll:w ( I 'i).

-. nd In. t Im ·nt i du in ur

Outstanding Fees nd Ch rg

tud nts h ) have n tr• id th ir fee" r r id ... n .• du in full r \ h h: \ ' >Utstanding library dues orb k t~lfl .1 • ·nunt. h\ th nd (lf th · i 'n' ill n th p rmittcd funlwr r gi,trati< ninth Unh r it). ' 111 rh't h.I\ tr n ript i .. u I ( n thdr b half, and\ ill not nclh1.: th ir<liJ ll nn (if in thl'ir •radu ltin ) • 1r) until pu mi.:nt is made.

24

Deduction from Fee I) Scholarships: tud nt ma appl · to hi f e an · cholarship awarded by the

lJniver ity of Tor nto or by Erindak olkgc. 2) Omario tudent Awards (0 AP): . tudent ma u 'the loan portion of hi

0 AP award to pa ·hi fir:.t t rm k . To do thi he mu t produc hi tud 'nt Award Statement and enclo ' it with hi fee form . tudent wh haven t made early application for 0 P and have not n.:cei-.cd the r ult of their applicati n will be required to pay ca h. Paymelll of the econd Instalment of Fee by 0 AP Gralll Cheque : Stud nt \\;U not be fin d f r late payment of fee if th delay in payment i due to the late arri-. al of the Grant cheque. However if the Grant i less than the econd term fee , then the tudent must pay the difference.

Scholarships and Financial Assistance

Types of Financial Aid offered to full time students:

Scholarships or Prize : Awarded for academic excellence without reference to financial need. (Note: The J. R . Webster Prize in Spani hand the V. M. Mott History Bo k Prize are available to both full-time and part-time tudents.)

Bursaries: Awarded to students who demonstrate both good academic tanding and

financial need. Interest-free Loans: Provided to tudent who have financial need. Loans are

repayable according to definite loan agreements. Erindalc College tudcnts, as member of the niversity of Toronto, arc eligibl for awards offered by the Province of Ontario, the Univer ity of Toronto, and Erindale

College.

Costs of University Education

In the year 1972-73, total co t to fir t year tudent (for the -month academic ses ion only) varied from 2,000 to 2,500 for tudcn hving in a univer ity

residence or away from home, and from 1,300 to I, 00 for tudent living at h m in the Toronto area. The total amount include fee and an allO\\an e f

approximately $500 for mi ellaneou pen e uch a b , upplie , laundry, cleaning, clothing and tran portation.

Ontario Student Awards Programme

The Ontario Student Award Pr gramme (0 P) h uld b~ regard~d a. the primary ourcc f financial a bt n e f r need) Ontari uch a bur ary a i tance i available nl in mall amount

qualify for Ontario tudcnt wards r who h e r iv~d hi hi in uffici nt to meet their n ed .

0 AP i intended to uppl ment rather than r·pl< det rm in th additi nal fund · rcquir d, th PrO\ in · th' r · urc family and/ r the tudent. n ntario tudcnt ward i. part I )an (inter' t-fr~' until

six month after c asing full time , tud at th' univ 'r it and p rt n n-r 'P abl' grant. In 1972-73 award· have ran ld fr 1m a. httk .1 .• 0 to .i mu h _,000 d p nding upon a · cd nc1.:d / 1.kscnpti )Jl of th' r 'gulatt br chur availu k arl · in t · , I 7 tr m th' R gi tr r' id Ollie , • rindak

16

Office of Stud nt ard ·, imcoe Hall.

Sud nt who int nd to tudy ou ide Ontario or abroad and ho\ ill not be

rt:.gi ~ered at the niversity of Tor nto hould appl through the Mini try of Colleges and Universiti Mo at Bloc-. Qu en· Park, Toronto. Ontario.

Stud n ho in Third Y car intend to reg1 kr at th nin.r ity of Toronto and to

tudy el wh r hould apply to the Offi of tudent Award , Simco Hall, niversity of Toronto.

ADMISSION SCHOLARSHIPS

1) if) f Toronto d · i n h larship

Sud n entering the fir t )Car at Erindal Coll g ho have achieved high academic standing at their high chool are ligible for a large number of cho: lr hip awarded

by th cademic Affair Committee of th Go ming Council of the nivcrsity of Toronto. The cholar hip ar Ii ted in th boo ·let, University of Toronto Admis ion Awards. 1973-74, available at any Ontario high chool.

Application form a\ailablc: High School Princip I or Guidance Officer; deadline pril I 9, I 973.

2) rindaJ Colleg dmi ion . holarship

Students entering the fir t year at .rindale College who ha e achi v d high academic

tanding at their high school are eligible for the following cholar hip award d by

th Council of Erindale oll ge. Apply on the ni er ity of 'J oronto Ad mi ion

Scholar'. hip application form available at your High chool; deadline April I 9, 1973.

rindal oil g p i I dmi ion cholar hip

\ward d from fund allocated by th Academic Affair mmitt of the Gov ming Council of th nivcr ity of 'J oronto. The number, value and term of award for the cholar hip will bed t rmined by the ·rindalc 'olk ,, ouncil .

• pplication form available: High School Principal or Guidanc Officer; d ·adlinc April J 9, 1973.

27

Erindale Coll ge Var ity Fund Admission cholarship Three admi sion scholar hip awarded annually. Value: 350. Application forms available: High Sch ol Principal or Guidance Officer; deadline April 19, 1973.

IN-COURSE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS

l) Univer ity of Toronto holarsbip Students in second, third or fourth year who achieved high academic tanding (Grade A) in the preceding year arc cl igible to apply. Application form available : Erindalc College Student Aid Office after regi tration; deadline October 15, 1973.

2) Erindale College cbolarship Students who achieved high acad mic tanding in either fir t, condor third) ar

and who will be enrolling in the nc t year at Erindale Colkg re eligibl . ll student who achieve high tanding will be con idered automatically. pplication not required.

The Governor General' ilver Medal Awarded each year to the graduating tudent with the highc t mark .

pplication not required .

Mis i auga Univer it)· Women' Club cholarship Awarded to the tudcnt graduating with the high ·t landing in Y r F ur. Value: 250. Application not required.

Var ity und In- ours holarship hrc arc award 'din a h of th ond. third and fourth )Car .

Value: 500. Application n tr quired.

Mis i . auga niv rsit. \ ' m n's lub Book PriL warded to th1.: woman cud nl nr\llk I in th fiN) ·1r' ho ht in th high t

standing in the final c amin·1tion 1f that. r. Valu1.:: 50. pplk. tion not r~ 1uir d.

Progrcssiv on. n th \ 'om n' .\ . ociation (P I mth) rd ward d lo a stud nt t nt rin l third ar ''ht i I ·ializin •in P 'liti ·.ti ·i ·n

Y: lu : 200. / pplication n H re 1uir d.

Th tr .. Loi Spigd Book Pri1 1ift of l an I. M .• pig I, in m nwr) 11f lr . l oi ·tuJ nt in

second, third or f1 urth , 1 \ h\1 is. ·i,1li in• in alui.:: $ O. Pl lkation 11 ll r llllir d.

2

Priz in Hellen· ti History Gifl of the hr . ton- 1 c.:d nian Foundation, a\ ardcd t the tudcnt \ ith highe t

tanding in a cond y ar Greek and Roman Hi tory our '.

Yalu : 150. ppli ation n t required.

Prize in Italian Gift of th Icalian Club of Erindalc Coll ge ( 1971), award d to the tudcnt \ ho achiev~ th" high t tanding in the Introduction to Italian Literature Cour e and \ ho enroll in at I a t two full course . or their qui alcnt, in Italian at rindalc

Colleg . Valu : 0. Application not required.

Prize in lali Llt rs.tore Gift of the Chre t a-Macedonian Foundation, awarded to the tudent having the

highe t Landing in a c ur or c ur t: in lavic literature.

\' alue: i 50. Application not required.

The J. R. Web ter Prize in panish Gift of Prof sor J. R. Web ter. awarded to the tu dent (either full-time or part-time)

who having completed pani b I 00 at Erindale College achieve the highest standing in second year in the Spani h Intermediate Grammar and Compo ition Cour e.

Value: I 00. Application not required.

r. f.. , Iott History Book Prize To be a arded to the tudent. eithc.:r full-time or part-time, pccializ.ing in History who achie es the high t over-all avcrag'"' in Hi tory at the end of the Third Y car

ha"Ying taken: 1 in th ca!>C of full-time tudents, at lea t two full Hi tory cour c in the Third

Year at Erindale, and 2) in the case of part-time tudent , two full Hi tory cour over two year of tudy

at Erindale College with a majority of their cour e having been taken at Erin dale.

Value: 50. Applicati n not required.

1.0.D •• Patri ia 1 'odllelJ Allard Gift of the Imperial Ord ·r Daughter of th . mpirc, Wind or R se Chapter, in m mory of Mr . Patricia. odwcll, award d to a tudcnt in s cond, third or fourth year who ha taken in the preceding year and i taking in th current year, cours sin

any two of the following ubj cts: ·ngli h, Hi tory, Philosophy, or P ·ychology. ·r he candidate must have obtained at lea ta Grad B standing in th pr viou year's work. Financial ne d may tx: a c n ideration. Value: 150. Application form availabl : rindalc oil Stud nt Aid flic after r gistration; deadline October l , 1973.

29

Erindale CoIJe e pecial cholar hip Awarded to students in econd, third or fourth year who achieved high academic standing in the preceding year at rindalc College. The number and valu of the cholar hip will be determined by the Eriodale ollege Council.

Application not required.

3) Other cholar hip and Prize Many other cholarship and prize from a variety of source are available to Erindale College tudents. Details of the e are di played on the otice Board outside the Student Aid Office.

BURSARIES

1) Univer ity of Toronto In-Course Bur aries Students in second, third or fourth year who are in financial ne d and who hav achieved a good academic record (at lea t B) in th preceding year are eligible to apply. Application form available: Erindal College tudent id Offi after regi tration; deadline October 15, 1973.

2) Erindale College Bur arie

Mi i auga niver ity Women• Job ward Awarded to a mature woman tudent enr II din any )car,\\ h c tudi ha b n interrupted and who ha financial need. Value: 300 (May b ub-divid d) Application form availabl ': rindalc Colleg· tud nt id ffi fter r>gi trati n: deadline October 15, 1973.

Chre t n-Macedonian Bur ari Gift. f Mr. . . hn.: ton, aw rd <l t . tud 'nt in r I fin nci In' d' •ho r

progr

Appli ati n form av·1ila I : tud nt id m : d adlin January 15, 1 74.

Courses, Subjects and Academic Programmes

A BJECT i a particular dLcipline ,uch as En Ii h, Chemi\try, Philosophy or

Psrcholo ·.A co R E i a unit in the acad mic pr gramm u h a Chemi try 120£ (CHM t 20E) Hi to ·JOO (HIS 100) or ociolog ·JOI ( 0 101 ). Th word

PROGRA t fE refers either to th c JI ction of c u t: tak n b the indi idual tudcnt

or to a particular gr up of cour that con titute a pecialist Programme. Th ni.,. it• of Toronto. Faculty of rt nd cicnc , St. Georg' Campu

C ndar hould.be referred to ford tail of th Rule and Regulation· of the Faculty.

Qu tion. cone ming the cont nt and c pe of particular cour e or ubj ct • and the r quirem n t r peciali-ation bould be made to the rcle ant Faculty Ad~·i ers

or to th Coll ~ R ~· rar. rt and ience Faculty to di tingui h tween Honour

t rms art: no long r u cd in the Univer ity of Toronto.

ult_ of Ar and Science ha a free choice from among

off red to first ear tuden . Thu he doe not need to make an

irre rsi I deci · n to be in Art or Science or to folio a three or a four year

cours of tudy. Th . di cult d ci ion can no\\ be made at various point of a

tndenf progr through th Unh rsity in terms of ne and developing intere ts and le I of achi vemem.

A three-) ear (I c ur · ) programme. or a four-year ( 20 course) programme can

be made up of cou lecc din term of a wide breadth of intere tor relatively narrow in ere t a cording to the tudent' ch ice. Particular combination of.cour c

are designated as Spedalisl Programme . Requir d cour for a particular

pecialization are laid do\\n b_ pccific di cipline who faculty advisers hould be con lted for furth r information. tud nt i all \\OO to fulfill the rt:quircment for pecialization in one or t~o ubjects.

It ould no ed that th fl xibilit) of choi c no available to tudt:nt doc not

pr ~ent a tud nt 1th definite aim and de eloped mtere from following th m

fr m the start. It is h d that even tuden ith deterrnin did as will take th opportunity offered toe plore unfamiliar area of ·nowledge.

11 n tu en are urg d to ck ad ·ce from th R gi trar or a acuity Advi r before final lection of a pr gramm of tudi .

Avaflability of Courses to Other Years

I 00 ri ., cour are available to uden in ally ar . o more than a total of en can be ta ·en in a three-year programme.

Certain "200 ri "and "300 ric "cou ar a ailabl to fir t year tud nt .

uch cou are d ignat d by the Roman num rat I, which ap ar b low the cour c number. Jt i inad i able fo r a tudcnt in fir t y ar to take more than one uch cours

If a tudent anticipate the po ibility of 5per.ialization in a particular area in his higher yea h hould I ct a lea tone cou in thi ubj ct in hi fir t year.

In year oth r than the fir t tudcn may wi h to choo programm s which will allow them to pccializc in a particular di ciplin ; th y may combine two an: a

31

(e.g. Sociology and Psychology) or they may select a et of cour e that will allow them to generalize in an area, e.g. science, humanities or social science . Students arc urged to con ult Faculty Advisers who can ad vi e them concerning courses that would be t fit their aims and which related cour e. they hould take.

Time-Tables

Time table will be ready well in advance of Regi tration and will be mailed to all student who have accepted offers of admi sion or regi tered by mail.

The courses listed in this calendar are subject to revision or withdrawal if necessary. Several courses have been given new numbers. A student may not enrol in and get credit for the sarne course twice, even if it has a di[Jerent number. Any two half courses may be combined to form a full course credit.

Groups of Related Courses

In addition to pc ializing in the traditional academic di cipline , student may b intere ted in con entrating on a range of course which cro e the boundaries of pecific di ciplin . Som uch grouping of c urse are pr ented below. Further combination to me t particular purpo e and intere t are of cours po ible, and tud nts ar invit d to con ult with member of the taff r garding their inter ts.

c adian A, T -41E

A T 304ES COM 423 CO f 426E ECO 202E ECO 221E ECO 252ES ECO 261E ECO 361EF E. ' G 152 E. 'G 354 E, 'G 356 FRE 330 FRE 332 GGR 241 GGR 315E GGR 35JE GGR 471E H1 205E Ill 301E HIS 307E HIS 313 HI 364 PHL 213S POL }()()

POL 323 POL 411F POL 413s oc 303

soc 309

di Indians of orth Am rica Approach s to th Study of Canadian Indian Societies Canadian Bu ine Taxation Canadian Management and its Environment M cro-Economic Theory

orth American Economic Hi tory and Development International Economic Problem Contemporary Canadian Economic Issues Labour Economics and Labour Relations Canadian Literature in English Canadian Poetry Canadian Fiction The Literature of French Canada to 1959 The Literature of French Canada from 1960 to the Present Urban Canada Re ource Development Problem Historical Geography of ortheastern 'orth America Environmental Case Studie Canada 1663-1967 Canadian Partie and Politics since 1867 Canadian Hi tory from Contemporary Issues Canadian Labour and the Left Canada and War, 1867-1967 The Univer ity and Canadian Society Introduction to Canadian Politic Topic in Canadian Politic Canadian Federali m Provincial and Local Government Canadian Society Ma: Communications in Canadian Soci ty

e Common Market ECO 201£ .co 328

HIS 100E

Modern ~uropcan Economic Hi tory International xonomics and Policy

uropc and the World, 1789- 1969

33

ll!S 303E HIS 305E POL 302S

International Relations, 1870-1960 Industrialization and Ideological Re pon e P Ji tics and Government of Western Europe

Communications ANT 205E Technology, ociety and Culture CMM 220Ef Communication I CMM 330E Deviance, Stigma and Communication LIN 200 Introduction to General Linguistics PIIL 282s Language and Communication PIIL 283s The Analy i of Propaganda P Y 365Es Social P ychology: Inter-per onal Behaviour REL 375E Communication and Religious Con ciou ne so 309 Mas Communication in Canadian ociety

Comparative Literature (in translation) GLL 200 Greek Drama in Tran lation GLL 202s The Ancient ovel

German Literature in Engli. h Tran lation The Reali tic ovel

GER 201

LTR 193 LA 210

. LA 211

SLA 310 LA 312

ineteenth Century Ru ian Literature Masterwork of Ru ian Liter ture in Tran I tion Twentieth Centur} Ru. ian Literatun: Toi toy and D t cv ky

East European tudie F. 0 262E

P. o 364 r 0 365ES

HIS 206

lllS 31 OE POI, 202

POI , 204 POI. 329s ror. 414 1•01. 422 SI. I OOr.

ar ism- I. nini m Politic ;ind 10\ rnm nt D nami s of ) td p liti

f

SI 11 Lile ratur and P1)liti ··in thl'

En ironm nt I tudi 1110 130 Man and thl ·n ir1'111n nt 1110 2 Or 1~c )lo •

mmunist L Uf\ ~

·in 11.it 'ratur O\kl nit n

34

BIO 330£ BIO 332E BIO 430E BIO 431 E

BIO 432EY ECO 260E GGR 1 l E

GGR 2 lE GGR 311E GGR 377EF GGR 379EF GGR 471E EP 240ES OC 32 E

Plant Ecology Fr hv ·ater Biology World Eco y t m Th or tical Ecol gy

ppli d Ecology Tb Economi of Environmental Deterioration Man-Environment Int ra ti n

Methods of Environmental Analy i Cons rvation Strategi Computer Analysi of Environmental Data Man-Environment Strategic En ironmental C e Studie Earth Proci.:: and. fan' Environment Envir nmental Sociology

International Relations ECO 328 lilS 303E ID 309E

POL 208

POL 327 POL 328 POL 415 POL 416

PA 395

International Economic and Policy International Relations 1870-1960 The Foreign Policy of the United State International Relation Comparative Foreign Policy International Organization Seminar in International Politic Problem of International Law and Relations The Spani h Civil War

,..meteentb Century Stodi E 'G 207 'ineteenth-Century Engli h Liter ture E G 30 Romantic Poetry and Prose E G 324 Fiction, 1832-1900 E G 368 Victorian Prose FRE 364 Prose Fie ion from J 00 to 1 900 GER 321 ineteenth Century Pr e and Poetry Hl 306E 19th ntury Britain PHL 347P ~ineteenth C ntury Philo phy

LA 210 ineteenth ntury Ru ian Literature

Third World Studi ECO 324 ECO 366E ECO 368E GGR 315.

Economic Di.::velopmcnt Agriculture and ::.conomic Growth : ·r h ory, Hi tory. Policy Economics of Poverty Re urcc Development Prohl m

35

lll 101E 111 304E POL 304

PA 192

The Emergence of the Third World Social Revolution in Latin America: Mexico, Bolivia, and Cuba Politic of the Third World Latin American Civilization and Culture

Urban tudies GGR 241E GGR 340E GGR 341EF GGR 345E GGR 346E soc 205

OC 340E

Urban Canada Concept , Method and Values in Urban Studie Images of the City The City in History The Urban Planning Proces Urban Sociology Concepts, Method and Value in Urban tudi

cine

sci D

m

De ·my

Professional Faculties and College of Education

Coll o ma ati f) th entran r quirem m l tht: uc<iLUOJ!l, T h r· Coll ge nd o h r Pr fe ional F ulti of th

inl:a h

ur and MAT I 20E F. and

11. i 240 · and r quir ment.

edicine (Phy ical and Occupational 'I h rapy) two hich mu t be Biology; two ial cicncc , on of ·hi h

r op i n mu t ch ninth I-i t Y ar.

rcqui d ith hi h

7

standing needed for selection. Courses taken should include: CHM 120E, PHY 11 O, BIO I OOE, MAT J t OEP/ S and MAT J 20E / f'.

Student · n rm ally enter ccond Y car Pharmacy with advanced tanding but ma) be required to accept a a condition a first year Pharmacy cour .

Law

A minimum of two year with high ·tanding i required for selection. •o cour c are prescribed but cmpha i should be placed on subject uch a Economics, Political

cicncc, Hi tory, Philo ophy and Psychology.

to A Apr.

y y 14

Ju 22 July 3 Au 10 Au 13-17

Degree Courses in Extension

ult) m m rs a Erindale are al o a full-lime rg Campu . Th cour e

11 .00 and 57.50 for each half cour charl!ed bv the Part-Time Srudenf

~ "

1973 - Er"ndale

Time lns1n1ctor

TBA

"h If cou If cou

h

39

Programme for Summer Day Session 1973 - Erindale

Course

A T IOOE

ANT 230 A T 100 BIO 240E cc IOSY

E G212 E G 348 PAR 145EY

PAR 146EY

FAR 147EY

FAR J48EY

FRE 271 Gf.R 410 GGR 31 IE

MAT 110EF

MAT 120ES p y 100

PSY 204 ·P

PSY 206EP

P Y 362EF P Y 373E

PSY 380EJ·

ote: umm r Day cl. to ugu t I th. May 14 l Jun 17 I July 3 July 20

ug. 10

ug. I - 17

A I 1001 I 20-it

ANI 2251

Time

9:00-11 :00 11 :30-1 :30 9:00-12:00 9:00-11:00 9:00-10:00 11:30-1:30 9:00-11:00 9:00-12:00 1:00-4:00 9:00-12:00 1 :00-4:00 11 :30-1 :30 9:00-11 :00 11:30-1:30 11 :30-1 :30 11 :30-1 :30 9:00-11:00 9:00-11 :00 11 :30-1 :30 9:00-1 I :00 9:00-11:00 I I :30-1 :30 11 :30-1 :30 9:00-11 :00 11 :30-1 :30 9:00-11:00 11 :30-1 :30 11:30-1:.0 9:00-11:00

:O 11:00 l:JO

11:00

I n.rtructor

E J. Melbye F. J. Melbye TBA

W. G. Filion TBA

V. A. DeLuca R. Rower TBA

TBA

TB

TBA TB

TBA

J.C. unday W. B. Lakin W. B. Lakin I. , 1. p1gel K. R. Bla:i tein

TB

tudcnt

40

E

•s10 435EF CO,f 221F COM 222s CSC 10 F

csc 11 ECO 100 ECOW2E

'G lO

FAR 200 FllE 120

*FttE 332

Fll.E 372 GER 100 GE.& 109E GER 130 GEil 23lE GGR 213E GGR 351E GGJl 363E GJlH 100

•GllH 218 HIS 203E HIS 205E

*HI 303E HIS 306

•ms 313 ITA 201E

AT 135 PHL JOO PHl. 240F PHL 241s POL 204 POL20

PSY JOO

PSY 203 F

Thu~da · Tu day

1. nday 1 nday

tTu ay tTuesday Wedne day TuMa) Thursda •

f nday \' dnesday Friday Tue da \ 'ednesda\ Thur;day Tu day

Wedn day f ndav fonday fonday

Wednesday Thursday Wednesday Thu day Wedoe<;day

fonday Wedn ay Tuesday Thu ay Wednesday Thu day Thursday

fonday Wedo day

hursday Thuooa

ay ay

ay

Time

7:00-9:00 7:00-10:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00

:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00

:00-7:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:30 4:00-6:00

5:00-7:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 5:00-7:00 7:00-9:00

:00-7:00 7:00 9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7 :00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00

7.00-9:00

:00 :00 7:00 :00 7:00-9:00 7:00 9:00 7.00-9:00 7 :00-9: 00 7:00-9:00 7:00-9:00 7:00 9:00 7:00- :00

Jn tructor

F. J. 1clbye . R. Thaler

TBA

TBA

TBA

TBA

M. J. Hare J.E. Floyd TBA

f. J. Levene B. Corman U. Kareda T. H. Adamow ki L. Eleen TBA

C. Cloutier-Wojciechow ka

M. P. Ducretet TBA

W. Meyer-Erlach TBA TBA

P. Duckworth T. F. Mcllwraith C. J. Hou ton T. G. Elliott R. L. Beck D. Raby D. P. Morton M. Dafoe M. Dafoe D. P. Morton I.. T. Mc ormick TBA TBA TBA

TBA

R. B. D R. Greg

" I. . 1.. T.

41

Co11r.re L v('l1ing Time I n.rtructor

REL 250E Monday 7:00-9:00 L. J. Elmer REL 360 hursday 7:00-9:00 S. A. igosian SLA 110B Wednesday 7:00- 9:00 TBA

SLA 211 Tuesday 7:00- 9:00 TBA

oc 101 Monday 7:00- 9:00 M. H. Cooper oc 201 Tuesday 7:00-9 :00 TBA

oc 213 Monday 7:00- 9:00 J.B. Kervin oc 311 Thursday 7:00-9:00 M. Spencer

•soc 427E Wedne day 7:00- 9:00 A. Bennett SPA JOOE uesday 7:00- 9:00 TBA

SPA 192 Thursday 7:00-9 :00 eglia • srA 420 F Wcdne day 7:00- 9:00 J. R. Web ter

STA 232 Thur day 7:00-9 :00 J. E. Lebel SUR 210E Tue day 6:00-10:00 R. C. Gunn

• suR 3 lOe Thur day 7:00-9 :00 TBA

ote: • The asterisked courses are day courses which will be held in the e~·ening or late afternoon hours. t Another hour will be announced later. Cla ses meet once a week for the academic year from 7:00--9:00 p.m. Date for the e cour. e corre pond to tho e for the a ademic ion 1973- 4 in thi Calendar. The la t day for regi tration i Augu t 1, 1973.

The following is a list of cour cs pro Po cd to be offered in coming) ~ ar in om

disciplines at Erindale. A more complete Ii twill be availabt ~ fr m the E t nsion

Office at Erindalc during th year.

Summer 1974 Fall/ Winter 1974-r umm r 197_ FRE 371 GGR 171£ GGR 213£ GGR 241E GGR 253E GGR 3 E

GGR 31 E GGR 3." .'EF GGR 351£ GGR 373E GGR 333E PHL 100 PllL 100 PllL 10 PHL 240F PllL 346 I· PllL 24 F PHL 241 PHL 348ES PllL 244 111 303E r -20

In addition to th

Applicants for purt-tim1.: studies in th•\ 'int ·r ''s ion or a umm r " i n (<la: or cv ning) us R guhr or pedal tud nts h~ ukl )nsult th' akndar ntitl d "Dl·grl'C Prngra111m1.: s in E ll'llSil n" a\'ailahk fr )Ill thc.: m' l f th Dir tl r of

niwrsit E tension, 'I l r\lnt i \lr .tt th· l · · t nsi1)n Ill·'. hinJal ·. R gi trati n instructi ns will h~ s~ nt Ill th Sl a lmitt1.' I tn 1 ·h •s ·illn.

Part -ti1111.: stmknh ma\ tak nur •·in h lth th da\ ,mJ ' n111g .· · ion during th f all/wintl·r ll:rms. (\;rr ,,~indin '' full -tim ·tud~ nt. ma. t.tk • ur , in Nth da 1 und evc.: nin s s\ions .

Requirements for Standing

Please read this section carefully

E ch tud nt in full-tim tkndan in th Fa ult f rt and m 11 pr gramm by c mbinincr together each year five full cour ·e inter t . ubj ct only to th following: (a) All tated prc-r qui itc and co-r qui ·ite requirement hall ati fied. (b) Anv two half c urs ar qui-.aknt to on full urs ; the ma ·be fr m

diff rent ubj c . (c An e tra full or half-cour.e (not for crc:dit toward a degree) ma al o be taken

in ea h year. and tanding obtain d \\ill be recorded.

First Year Programme

A student hall be aid to have completed a First Year Pr gramme when he ha obtained randing in fi, cours . The cour taken will normall be tho e de ignated as being a ailable to First Year tudents but other cour e may be taken \! ith the pennis ion of the d p rtment concerned.

A tudent ma) no continu in full-time attendance unle he has standing in at least four course .

Second Year Programme

A tudent haJI aid to have completed a cond Year programme when he has obtained landing in ten cour , at lea t three of \.\.hich mu t be 200- or higher- eric course .

A tudent in c nd Year may not continu in full-time attendance unle. he ha tanding in at I ast nine cou e .

Third Year Programme and Requirements for Three-Year Degree

tudent hall be aid to have completed a rhird Y ar programme and hall be entitled tor ceive a Bach lor of Art or Bach lor of ciencc degree when he ha : (a) obtained tanding in fifteen cour c at I at eight fwhich mu-;l be 200-or

higher- ri cour

(b) a final mark of 60% or better in each of at I a t ight of the fift en cou cs. f these eight at lea four mu t be 200- or higher- cri cou

(c) for a Bachelor of Science degree, included in the eight or mor required 200- or higher-seri cour at lea t ix cour offer d by on or more of th following d ·partmen : tronomy, Botan , he mi try om put r cicncc, eo raphy, • G ·QI gy, ath mati , Phy ic , P ycholog . /.oology or certain courses offt: red by oth r department (e.g. A1 ''I )

'ote: A Third Year tudent may not continu in full-tim attendance until h ha completed th requi rement for a three-year d gr c. A tudent houkl notify hi

11 g Regi trar no later than ov m r I th if he wi he to rec ive his de r .

• or a Ji l of accep able cour , con ult the D p rim nt of(, ogt. phy.

43

When it is conferred the designation "Bachelor of Arts (Three-Year)" or "Bachelor of cicnce (Thrcc-Y car)'' will appear on hi academic record.

Entry into a Fourth Vear Programme

A tudcnt hall be permitted to enter a Fourth Y car programme only if he ha completed the requirement for a bachelor' degree as de ribed above.

Fourth Vear Programme and Requirements for a Four-Vear Degree

(a) A student shall be said to have completed a Fourth Year programme and shall be entitled to have the designation "Bachelor of Arts (Four-Year)" or "Bachelor of Science (Four· Y car)" entered on hi record when he ha :

(i) qualified for a 15-cour e degree; (ii) at the fir t ix attempt completed an additional five cour e , no more than

one of which may be a 100- cric cour e; (ill) obtained a final mark of 60% or better in ca b of at lea t four of th fiv

cour es; (iv) for a Bachelor of Science degree, included in the t elve or more r quired

200- or higher- cric cour c at I a t nine our ff er d by one or m re of the following department : A tronomy. Botany. Chemi try. Computer Science, Geography*. Geology. 1ath mati , Ph) ic . P ych log). Zoology or certain cour offered by other d partm nt .

(b) For the degree of Ba ht:! r of Comm re a tud nt mu th ve:

(i) qualified for a 15-cou d •gr1.: ; (ii) btaincd landing in twcnt)-thru~ cour • pr

and a outlin d for th Programme in C mm r (iii) obtaim:<l a final mark of 6 ai: r b tt r in h f

cour ' in hi ur.cs in hi ar pr r mm .

ri din th nd in.m tl at ourcfth l.

otc ·:The twcnty-thr cour. m l mm ·re . at least · vcn our c in onomi • ·. 1Dd at l ·a. t f ur • u m Hh 1 th n

ommcrcc or · · )nomi s !\ < r m n: f \\ hich mu t b t. k n in nd r lat r

ur~ , on ult th

44

i th cours taken in fir t )"ar will not count a n of the twcnt -thr c our c

r quired in th Programme. In h of th nd. third and fourth ur c mu t be taken through

th

ou c n taken in th f ur ·car programme.

Probation, Suspension and Refusal of Further Registration in the Faculty

1. A tud nt will plac don probation if:

(a) he fail two or m r cours' in any c i n. r

(b) at the ndofany in (Wintcror ummcr) includingor ub cqucntto that in \\ hich th fourth c ur c i attempted he has btained a grad f C (or

higher) inf \\er than 50 o of hi course attempt ince beginning tudie I ding to the d grce. nda th c ircum tanc1: he \\ill be \\.arncd that he mu t (re-)gain the requin:d Oet. of · by the end of the next comparable acad mic i n.

2. A tudent will be suspended from the Faculty for one calendar year if:

(a) while on pr bation he fails two or more c urse or

(b he d not re- gain th required 0 c of C' within the pccified period on pr ation.

3. A tudent \\ill su pended from the Faculty f r three calendar years if:

4.

(a) he fai

(b -)Car degree in hi fir t tw nty att mp

(c) hil on prob tion a cond tim he (i) fails two or mor cour , or

(ii) doc not r gain th requir d 50% of ' (d) after r tum from a on -}car u pen ion he

(i) fails l\\O or more cour in any ion, or

(ii) fail o reco r th required 0% of by th nd of th

in th \\h re that i impo ibl , fail to oht in a (or high r in

attemp d until uch tim the 0%: rcquirem nt ha b n

45

of performance in the first two cour cs attempted after uch a su pen ion will result in refusal of further regi tration in the Faculty.

5. A Special Student who e record i unsatisfactory may be refused further

registration in the Faculty.

General Regulations for Standing

(a) All tudents admitted to the eight College of the Faculty will normally be expected to take a full programme of studie (five cour ) in the winter da

ses ion of each year. With the approval of the College concerned and the

Faculty exception may be made.

(b) (i) A student may withdraw from the Faculty without acad1.:mic penalty up to February 15th. However, if he withdraw in the cond Term, credit ·ill be retained for any Fir t Term half-cour 1: compkti.:d and failure noted for

any First-Term half-cour e failed. (ii) If exceptional circum. tance warrant it a tudcnt ma be permitt d. on

petition, to withdraw from not more than on· our e (or two half-coursi::. )

of his programme without academic penalty. (iii) A tudcnt may withdraw without academic penalty and ·ithout petition

from an extra fir t krm half-cour c before v1:mb~r I 0th and from an extra full cour c or an c tra half ( or ) cour ~ f re February 1 _th.

(c) A tudent who wi he to cnr I in thr admitted to the Divi i n f ni\cr it

transfer from full-tim1.: attcmJan

f<ebruar 15th.

II

(d) ormall·, r1.:ditttward ,\d r•1.:\\illn tb gi\'n r.m tr ( th) ou

Standing in a Course

'I he following seal of m. rk in all y1.: ar. :

l

mi h If- ur

< il

46

In addition to th abon:, a final av rag of B+ ( 77-7901. ) ma b awarded. o grad will aw rdcd in a 100- rie c u c in hi h tanding i obtain 'd

b · u ce fully writing a, upplemcntal xamination after failure at the fi t examination. In uch ca .. credit"\ ·ill n.: rd don the tran cript a \\ell a th final mark.

Jn th of half-cours tanding mu t normall · be btaincd in each half-cours attempted. far in two half-cour ma · n t b a\ crag d t pr duce landing in an equivalent whole cour , exc pt wh re the d partment ( ) conccrm:d pccify

beforehand that thi will be perrnitt d for particular and lated cornbinati n of two half-course .

The method of arriving at a final mark fore ch 200- r higher- erie cour (or half-course) will b d cid d by the D partm nt offering the cour e. The final mar in the I 00- erie cour will normally b~ made up of a term mark and an

examination mark with the r trictioo that not le than one-third nor more than two-thirds of the final mar will be based on term work. Final examination will normally be held in I 00- eri course and requ t for exemption of cour es from this regulation hall be brought before the Council.

Aegrotat Consideration

If the ability of a tudcnt to complete a cour e i affected by illn or domestic problem occurring after ovcmber 20 (Fir t-tcrm course ) or February 15 (Second-term and full cour e ), a petition may be made through his College

Registrar for con ideration by the Faculty. If th rear adequate grounds for the

petition, the Departm nt concerned will d rmin the ta tu of th work done by the tudent and the teps, if any, that he must take in ord r to c mplete the cour e.

Such petition must be filed on or before the la t day of th relevant final examination period, together with a medical c rtificate which includ . a statement that the candidate wa examined at the time of the illn , or other evidence to support the petition.

Examinations

Attendance and Examinations

tudent pr ceeding to the degree arc required to attend the course of instruction and the examination in all ubjects pre cribcd. A tudcnt who e attendance at lecture r laboratorie or who c work is deemed by the Council of the Faculty to be

un ati factory may have hi rcgi tration cancelled at any time by the Council. o candidate will be admitted to examination unle the Head of hi College

ccrtifie that he ha complied with all the requirements of the College. Student may not rewrite an examination in a course in which they have tanding.

The Annual Examinations

The annual examinations are held in late April and early May; final examinations in first-term cour e arc held in December.

Arrangement may be mad to enable eligible candidate to write upplemental examination in one of the following place : Banff, Calgary. Charlottetown

Edmonton, Fredericton Halifax, Kapu kasing, Kenora, King ton. Kirkland Lake. London, Montreal, orth Bay, Ottawa, Queb c, Regina. a katoon. Sault te .• larie, St. John' ( fld.), Sudbury Thunder Bay, anc u er, Whitehor e, ~ 'incisor,

Winnipeg, and London, England. Application f r uch arrang m nts m t be made not later than ovember 20. accompanied by the required upplem ntal e aminati n fee and the pccial fe .

Candidate for the annual :xamin ti n at om ide c1:ntr m~t notif ·th Secretary of the Faculty before April 1 t if they do not i h to ·rit ne or m r of the examination for which th ) applied; oth rwi thef ~ill bd rfeikd.

Fall d F II Cours

If a. tu knt ; ils a full · n1rs , he m. • tak th ·1m di r~ nt spring ·ours , n I the h I Ci full ur pph

4

to a cud nt ho pa avera . In both c

d a fall cour. but did n t do wcl1 and wi he to rai c hi

th fall course mark will appear on hi tran cript.

Supplemental Examinations

Stud nt in a Fir t Year programm may write a upplemental amination in

Augu tin on fail d 100- ri cours if th ·have a krm mark in that course of at le ~t 60%. Failure in upplcmental c amination \'ill not count a a econd

failure, but v.ill n itate r -enrolment in th fail d ourse or a ub titute.

Studen in nd, Third and Fourth Y ar and pccial tudcnt will not be

permitt d to write upplemental ·amination in I 00- ric cour e and none will be offered in 200-, 300- and 400-. ri cour c .

Degrees

Studen are permitt d to qualif_ for onl) one degree (Bachelor of Art , Bachelor

of Scienc , or Bach lor of Comm re ) by c rnplcting a four-year programme of tudie .

A student v. h qualifie for a Bachelor of Art or Bachelor of Science degree at

the end of hi Fourth Year v.ill graduate and receive hi diploma at that time unle

he bas already done oat the end of hi Third Y car. A tudcnt who wi. he to

receh e his degree at the end of hi Third Year must notify hi College Regi trar at the time of c nfirmation of programme early in ovcmb r.

Transcripts

Copie of a tud nt's tran rip of cad mic record v.ill b i ued at hi rcquc. t, subject to reasonabl notice and a nominal copying fee. Requc t hould be

ubmitted in person or by writing to th Secretary, acuity of Art. and cien c,

Sidney Smith H all, 100 St. G org Street, oronto M5S I A 1. (Telephone. 928-33 )

Checking of Marks

It i a policy of the acuity that no examination paper:. or c . ays will be re-read or

re-evaluated after re ul have been i u d. !Xamination paper arc re-read in each examination in which a mark of I than 50 per c nt has be n as ign d, and no

appeal will be con idercd for furth r re-reading of uch paper . Pap r in which at kast 50 per cent has been obtain d will not r -r d.

All result are carefully reviewed fore b ing released. However, th cl rical work involved in th d partm nt and in th acuity Offic will b ch eked if 1

petition i ubmittcd through th II or th Di.,.; ion of nivcrsity ~xtcnsion ith a fee f the d liars per cour . r hi f will be refund d if an error i found.

Plagiarism

tit r your own. Whil an: ori in I, in tructor ex ct tud nr to

49

acknowledge the ource of ideas and cxprc sion that they u e in cs ay . To rcprc cnt them a self-created i di hone t and academically worth!

You may quote or paraphrase another writer if he ha tated an idea trikingly, as evidence to support your arguments or conclu ion , or a a point against which to argue, but uch borrowing hould be u ed paringly and always indicated in a footnote. The aim of scholarship i to develop your own idea and r~. 1.:arch and only by trying to develop your own thought. and arguments will )OU mature academically.

To provide adequate documentation i not only an indicati n of academic hone ty but also a courte y enabling the teacher to con ult your ourc with ca e. Failure to do so constitutes plagiari m which i ubject to crious acad1.:mic penalty.

Abbreviations

Subject Abbreviations

' .T

'p I

... -T

81 log)

H. f

OM Commerce C I i

c

ORA

ECO c n mi G Engli h

AR Fine Art FRE Fren h GGJl Geography EP e log) · Geoph) i

(Earth & Planetary Science ) GER German GRK Gree · (See Cl i ) GLL Greek · Latin Literature

(See Cla i )

Letter Abbreviations

Cou e gi\en only at Erindale

GRll

Ill.

I l

IT

l '<T

LI

l TR

HT

f •

PHL

PHY

POL p y

R L

L'<

oc p,

TA

UR

iphnary Inni College Italian

tin ( e Cla. ic ) ingui t1

Literature in Tr n lati n fath m ti

Mui Philo oph r

Ph) i Politi al ience P ychology Religiou tudies

fa\ ic Language Literature (R~ ian)

iology pani h tat~tic (See Mathematic )

Survey ience

F Half cou e civen in the Fir t (Fall) Term only L Le ture Ho; · P Practical or laboratOT) hou P. 1. Perm· i n of In tructor R Thu day

Half cou e given in the Second (Spring) Term only T Tutorial Hou TB To be announ ed Y Half cou c which mu t be ta ·en through ut both term I lllea or"

(,) means "and" ( 1) may be taken by fir t ) ear tudent VES Winter Evening os ummer Day E Summer Evening ion

Subjects and Courses

ANTHROPOLOGY

Faculty advi er: Profc or A. Mohr

Anthropology is the study of human biology and culture and the interaction between the two. Physical Anthropology focu e on the evolution of man and hi ncarc t primate relative , a revealed by fo ii remain and on the con titution, phy iology and variation of living populations. Cultural Anthropology i th study of the way of life of peoples throughout the world: their technologie , economic , societies, language , and value y tern ; th functional interrelationship of these; and the relation hip between culture and environment. Phy ical remains of the activities of populations no longer extant (e.g., habitation , tool , food remains) arc investigated by archaeological technique to recon truct the cultun.: of the pa t and to trace their development from earlie t tim . Conclu ion arc

drawn about the interaction of cultural and phy ical procc The Anthropology programme offer the tudent the g neral background ne c ary

for the advanced training r quired for profe ional po ition . It i the pccial concern of the faculty to introduce tudent to re earch methods of ph) ic I and cultural anthropology and to involve them in the re arch programme of th1.: d~partment. Students planning an anthropology concentration hould con ult faculty members

for advice. Anthropologi ts are employed a faculty in univer iti and coll g . re ear her

in mu cums and by government. For additional information Anthropology as a Career by Wm. C. Sturtevant, available at th1.: Erindalc Colkg1.: Library.

For a Three Year B.A., with a concentrati n in nthr pol gy. th foll wing cour e arc required: Fir t Year: T 100. e ond Y r: 2 A. urse . Third Year: 2 A T cour·c . Programm h uld in lud' th' follo .... in~ ur ANT 204E, A T 226E, and A T 230E.

For a Four Y ar B.A., with a c nccntration in nthr polog . thr Anthropology cour ·e ar1.: rcquin..:d in luding . T 99E.

A T 100

ddition I

• T -01E. (1)

A."T 203E. (I)

A "T 204E

(1)

illu trativ mat rial to make vivid the anthr pol gical c nc pt

tudicd. 111s1ruc1or. L. L. ample lnstructo,. (. D ) F. J. 1dbyt:, (WE TBA

Peopl of th Far t, 2L D ription of tr ditional cul tun.: of hina, Korea, Japan and iberia.

om pie cultural interrelation hip. in thi area ( diffu ion, imitation, and cultural di tinctiven ) . Instructor: L. L. ample

utbeast ia and Oceania. 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74) un1: y of th1: cultun: of outhea t A ia; peopling of the Pacific I land

and d1: ription of hi toric cultun: of Oceania. In tructor: L. L ample

cial and oliti 1 Organization

A general urve_ emphasizing non-we tern peoples. In tructor: (WE ) W. \ 'ei leder

A "T 207EF Folklore, 2L, 1 P

(1) Lecture on ethnographic field technique ; urvey de cription and

c mpari on of type and functi n of the 'oral lit raturc" of ariou culture area . tud nt proj ct; fi Id work in m dcrn folklore. Pre-requi ite: P.I.

A 'T 208ES (1)

A T 209E (1)

Instructor: L. L. Sample

Adlanc d olklore, 2L. IP ( ot offered in 1973-74) Variou approache to folklor1: analy i , relation to general anthropol gical theory and m thod. Stud nt project: laborat ry in fol ore anal i . Pre-requisite: A T 207 F.F and P. I.

In tmctor: L. L. Sample

Reli~ion in ulture, 2r., l T

An anthropological view of rdigiou behaviour with cmpha is on the rdigi n of non- e tern people . lmtructor: R. M. and rbur h

A 210. l be nthropolo o rt, 2P

l) omparativc approache to art and a th tic in world cultures and

53

ANT 21 lEF

(I)

ANT 212ES (I)

ANT 2l4E (1)

A T 215E

(1)

A T 220EF (1)

T 221 (1)

I 225E (1)

the meaning and function of art in specific cultural contcx Instructor: . Reinhardt

African Culture Hi tory, 2L

A urvey of African culture history from the dawn of prchi tory

through the col nial era. Consideration of variety in adaptational form and development; agricultural origin , tate y tern , reaction to coloniali m. Instructor: L. Reinhardt

Traditional and ontemporary frican ulture 2L

urvey of traditional African culture and in titutions, and the chang1: involved in current movement toward indu trialization. Pre-requi ite: T2llEForP.l.

Instructor: L. Reinhardt

Civilization of Latin merica 2L U <. /

Development and characteri tic of comple. South America. Instructor: TB

1u· //)3-/'/ of Central and

ative People of Latin merica, 2L ( ot off1:rcd in 1973-74 Instructor: TBA

rchaeological Field letbod , 2P: Field trip ugu t _Q-31:

8 a.m.-5 p.m.

In truction in archae logical field tc hniqu thr ugh e c ti n of a prchi toric . itc local d near Erindak oll g' nd b. I b r t I)

in tru ti n.

Pre-requisit : P. I.

In tructor: F. J. M lb c

rcha ological I. borntor~ \nal. i , l L, P

nul ·si and d ·ription of ar·ha' I\ gi • 11 m t rial. Pre·rt•qui ite: I 220 1 nd P.l.

In tructor: •. J. t lb

lkt.1ik I summ.tri · · intc.: rpr tali\ n.

rch 1colo

/111tructor:(\ )\ Hurl n

54

226E Old\ orld Preh · t r., 2L ( ot offer d in 1973-74) (1) Earli t id n c for human ultur ; d v 1 pm nt differentiation and

diffusion of cultur in the Old World through the la t 2,000,000 year . Interpretation of man' cultural adaptation from material r main of

that beha i ur. Instructor : L. L. ampl

A,'T -30E (I)

Ph.· i al nthropolo ·, 2L, 1 T

urvey f th fi Id of ph · ical anthroPol gy. Topic will include

human cvoluti n and palaeontolog , kcletal biolog " human genetic and variati n, human growth. primatol g} and human adaptation.

Instru tor: F. J. 1elbye Instructor: ( DS) F. J. Melb)e

A, T 231 EY Lab rat I)' letho in Phy ·ca] nthropology, 2P (1) A cours recommend d for tho e ·ho think they may concentrate in

anthropology. The tudent will be guided in basic laboratory procedures

on pecific topic a they are di cu ed in the urvey course.

Co-requisite: ANT 230E Instructor: F. J. .felbye

A. 'T 232E Homan Origin , 2L 1 P

A 'T 241E (1)

A ur cy of human palacontolog and the evolutionary stage through

which man pa! din becoming Homo apiens. Pre-requisite: A T I 00 Instructor: B. A. Sigmon

Indian of orfh meri a, 2L, 1 P

Surv y of native culture and discu and hi torical factors. In tructor: A. Mohr

n of th role of nvir nmcntal

. ·r 304£ Approach to the tud of anadian Jodi n ot ffered in 1973-74)

A seminar course examining th acculturative ituati n. Pre-requilites: A r 204 or A T 241 r. and P.J.

Instructor; R. M. anderburgh

A T 320EP d an td rch tologi al icld cthod , 2P: Held trip~ August 20 -31 8 a.m.-5 p.m.

55

ANT 321ES

ANT 322E

(l)

A T 324E

T 334E

A T 3 6 ·S

Instruction in archaeological field technique , laboratory preparation, upervi i n of field and laboratory work ( onductcd concurrently

with ANT 220Er)

Pre-requisite: A T 220EF and P.J.

Instructor: . J. Melbye

Advanced Archaeological naly i , P

Analysis of archaeological material and report preparation. Pre-requisite : ANT 221 E and P .I.

Instructor: F. J. Melbye

peciaJ Cour e in rchaeol gical Field letho ; Field e ion from about May 15 to June 30, 1973. Instruction in archaeological field methods. The cour e i held in an area which provide experience with type of archac.::ological phenomena not available for A T 220EF. In 1973 th e ion will be

in the region of Lindreth, cw Mexico. Pre-requisite: P .l.

Instructors : L. L. Sample and A. Mohr

Archaeological Interpretation, 2T A urvey of method and idea about the recon truction of the p t

from the archa ological record including ub i ten • population, ocial organization, religion, ettlement plan and rg niz tion. tc.

Pre-requi ite: T 220EF, 221 E or A. 'T _2 E or . "T 22 E and P.I.

Instructor: A. Mohr

Skel tal Biology of Prehi toric Pe pl Th c ur: in Jude. the mcth d and tc hniqu of r \1.:ring. pre rving. rec rdin and an I ing dctal r m in . Th hum n k let n will be.:: tudi d in d tail. nd pr ti I ·1H be

offer din th1.: nal · ·i ·of a · I t I popul. ti n. Pre-requi ire: P .1.

lnstruuor: (wt ) . J. klb ·1.:

Hum n Her dit., lOlution nd 'ari ti n, 2 , 2P l 7 -74)

ot ff r din

ntral th m lutil n

) r P.I.

.'T 33 E

. n introdu ti n to th bi logy of non-hum n primak , in luding the tudy of oft and .k(; I tal anatom · of r pr' entati · of diffcn:nt

t a f t nt primak . Pre-requisite: A 'T 233E ( 1972-3) or P.J.

Instructor: B. A. igmon

• T 339EF Human daptabiliry·,3L(.' toffcredinl973-74) A un of the nature and rang of biological vari ti n in modern man.

Pre-requi ite: A T l 00E, A T 2 3E ( 1972-3) or P .I.

Instructor: B. A. igm n

·y 397EY Independent tudy T: T arrang d upervi i.:d reading on leckd anthr pological topic .

Pre-r qui 5ite · P .I.

Instructor: taff

iT 39 E Independent Reading, T: To be arranged

Supervi cd tud) f elect d anthropological topics. Pre-requisite : P.I.

Instru tor: Staff

T 399E Independent Re arch, T: To arrangi.:d

uper i d re arch in anthr pol gy. Pre-requi ite: P.I.

Instructor: Staff

'T 422E Special Projects in rchaeological Fi Id R arch

Held in conjunction with A. 'T 322 . e above). Advanced tudcnt

will be upcrvi cd in indi idual inv tigation of spi.:cial pr blcm in the archa logy of the area.

Pre-requi ites: A T 320E and 321E or A r 322E and P.l. or P .I.

Instructor : L. L. Sample and A. Mohr

A T 490E minar in nthropological Th(.'Or and 1 thod Pre-requisite: P.1.

Instructor : Staff

A T 499£ dvanced Independent R arch

Cour for tud nt who original r arch i leading toward a publi habl report. Pre-requi ite: P.1.

In.structor : Staff

57

ASTRONOMY

Faculty Advisers: Profe or J. R. Percy and R. Racine

Astronomy, the "Queen of Sciences," is wide-ranging in it c ntent and in its

implication . It embrace uch topics as the origin and evolution of the planet , tars,

galaxic and univer e; the origin of life on earth and el where: the behaviour of

matter in varied environments and, in general, the influence of our ideas of the

universe on man's thinking down through the age . Becaw e of its breadth, it has

always formed a valuable part of a general education.

AST 100, which deal in a systematic way with many facets of a tronomy, i

recommended for any student who i intere ted in a tronomy. Although no cicnce

or mathematics background is required, the course i uffici ntl flexible to appeal to

both cience and non-science tudents. Film , slides, demon trati n . trip to the

ob ervatory and planetarium, and evening e ion form an important part of the

cour e. At a more advanced level, A T 31 OEF and AST 320E. may be taken togdh r or

separately. They are intended for tud nts with a riou int re tin cience

(mathematics, physic , a tronomy, pace cience or earth and plan tary icnc

but require no previous introduction to astronomy.

Students who wi h to specialize in A tronomy and troph) i hould c n ult the

Astronomy discipline repre entati c at Erindale.

A T 100 n Introduction to tronomy, 2L, 1 T

n account of the natun:, rigin and v luti n of th un and plan t

the tar , the galaxie and the univ rs 10. pcd I i n ~or

math m. ti ba kgr und t r quir~d for th1 · our . (, l • n t

combined with 110, 120. 130 or 2-0 pr ,. i u l) off r ·d.)

Instructor: R. Racin

Instructor: ( D. ) TB

tru ·tun\ ri •in and 1.:\ lution.

I Ph ic \. ur P.l.

ST 2 F.S troph) i • - L

tru turc, ori ~in .md •\olutil n :l the anJ

and

o-r qws// : t k<1 t l Ph P.l.

!nJtmctor: J . R. P re

BIOLOGY

Faulty Advi and . Guba (

P \ . Ball (B tan ·), P. J. Pointing (Zoology)

)

Bi l i th i n of lhing organi m -their ·ind and r 'lation hip rigin and

volud n, tru cure and di..:v 1 pm nt, th ir function and mutual r lation hip in

the n 'ironm n in which th y oc ur. Biolo rd at to uch major human pr blcms population, c n rvation and pollution. tudi of th interaction of plan ,

animal and en\'ironm nt ho\\ ho\ farnin' and di ca. 'f llow th unwi cu c of

habitat and how pollution aggravat th e problem . study of Biolog i. a key to the lution of many of th e world problem .

Botani micr biologi t and zoologi t at Erindale cooperate clo. el in

organizing cours · and programm in Biolo~y "hich tre th relati n hip of plant and animal in term of form, function. environment and micro tructure, from th eco ) tern, whole plant or animal down to the molecular level.

Botany i concern d with plant . th ir tructurc, function and ba ic relation hip to the emironm nt. Th food e eat. the air we breathe. the drug that heal u ,

are all ultimately ti d to the relation of plant to the natural en ironment. Plants arc the basis of va t and complicated food chain in the ocean , lake and river a well as in tem~ trial eco y terns. Plant ma ·be tudi d from many point of view uch as their id ntification and relationship (Taxonomy). distribution

(Biogeography). function and development (Phy iology). intcrrelationshjps with the en ironrnent (Ecology) fine tructure (Cell Biology). form (Morphology) and heredity C_ ology and Genetics .

Zoology i the cience concern d with the tudy of the tructurc, functioning and in crreJation mp of animal . The general field of zool gy is divided into a large number of pecial area of udy and r arch. Zoology may b divided on the basi

of the clas ification of anima , for exam pl , protozoology, entomology, mammalogy, and ichthyology. Another way is to <livid it by level of organization and/ or

m thods of tud_, uch as molecular biolog , cell biology, morphology, physiology, genetics, ethology, and population biology.

Hi torically, zoologywa largely an ob ervational i nee, but now has become more experimental and theoretical and depend in it re arch on th mod rn principles of mathemati and th phy ical sci nccs. Th main theoretical

contribution of zoologi have been in the underst nding of life in term of physical and chemical mechani m , and the theory of organic evolution. Much of the re arch done in medicine depend on discoverie made with other animals and appli d to

man. Many agricultural field , uch a veterinary medicine and economic entomology, al o depend on 1,00logical r arch.

Microbiology i the tudy of minute Jiving form that can b only with the microscope and i concern d with mall plant form

yeas and bacteria), ingle--ccll d animals (protozoa) and viru

n a individu Is (alga , mold ,

. Microbiology i

59

not only con id red largely an applied field concerned with health or economic welfare, but with the recent development of Molecular Biology, Microbiology has also b en drawn to the centre of the biological stage. It deal with bacteriology. virology, immunology, applied microbiology and molecular biology.

Careers in biology arc in re earch, in teaching at all level , and in government and industry. Profc ional careers in biology require specialization at the undergraduate level and u ually an advanced degree. Student hould bear thi in mind when planning programme . Students who intend to become high- chool biology teachers arc urged to arrange programme to meet the requirements of the High School Assistant's Certificate, Type A, Ontario Department of Education.

Staff will assist student in organizing an appropriate group of cour~e according to their interests or a specialized programme in biology.

SUGGESTED PROGRAMMES IN BIOLOGY

The programme in Art and cience provides a great deal of Oexibilit in tudent' subje t

selections. In fact, many tudcnt , when faced with the variety of courses. have difficulty in electing an appropriate equence. To a i t tudents in making choices the biology taff members, collectively, have devi ed several ample pr gramme hich will erve

guides. These are ugg ted grouping of ubjec which are recommended but should not be con idered as the only tream , nor as being inflexible; they are. \o\e h pe. helpful suggestions.

Year

I

II

Ill

General Biology

BIO 100B CHM 120E 3 Option

{one rec mm nded trom Hum niti )

Ecolo y

BIO 100e

Cell Biolocy

BIO IOOB

Physiology

BIO 100B

BIO -41B Bto 250 or

251B

60

IV

General Cell

Year Biology Ecology Biology Phy iology

(1) (2) 5 ption· 5 Option uch a : u ha :

BIO 44 IE BIO 322E, 323P. BIO 431r. BIO 470 BIO 324 ·, 421EF BIO 432E etc. BIO 422 , 423ES BIO 322E and BIO 424ES, 441 P

323 et .

t 1al of 6 Biolog_) cour~e and 4 oplion during yea 11 and 111.

A ma: irnum of 12 Biology cour; in a four-year degree i uggested for a well-rounded edu tion.

(2) A fourth year would c n. ist primarily of biology option .

BIO 1 OOE The tud_ of Life 2L, 3P Organized around three major ab tract concepts: Time (Evolutionary Proc i: and Product }, Energy (It Procurement and Utilization by Living Organisms), and Information (The Organization of Living Sy tern ) . It pre cnts an integrated tudy of life at four levels: mol cular. cellular, organi mal, and social; leading the tudent to an awaren of th five uniqu charact ri tics of living material, i.e. Organized Stru ure, Specialized Function, Growth and Development, H redit: nd E olution. Practical se ion will introduce the tudcnt to a wide rang of mat rial and techniqu Instructor : G. R. Thaler and Staff

10 !10E Fi d Bi I ' • P

fi Id and laboratory cour to a quaint th tudcnt with plant and animal in th I al emironm nt. Collection t chniquc and ob rvation ar emphasiz din the fi Id. Id ntification of major group. of plan and animals is co crcd in th laboratory. Stud nt will b~ required to ma ea coll ction of m group of animals or pl nt . Imtructor : D. L. Gibo and P. . B II

BIO I 30E fan nd th f,n ironm nt, 2L, 3T

The logical probl m confr nting hum nity will be c min don both a local and global al . ·r h bi logi alba i of th population problem, pollution and tatu of rcsourc will b tr d. Di rg nt opinion will b .xprc d by out id a . ·i Id tri will b arrang d, and each tud nt will nd tim upon a proj t of inter t. Jnt nd d primarily for tud nt in th art , humaniti

61

BIO 230E

BIO 240E

BIO 241E

BI 250E

ocial ciences. No previous experience in biology is as urned. Instructor : R. Frost and P. J. Pointing

Ecology, 2L, 3P The study of th interrelations of plant and animal with the environment will include the compo ition, structure, and function of natural cco y terns at the population, community, and bio phere level

of organization. Other topics include energy flow phy ical factor , population procc cs and succc ion. Pre-requisite: BIO 1 lOE recommended and P.I.

Instructors: P. F. Maycock, P. J. Pointing, W. G. Sprules and TBA

Genetic , 2L, 3P Presents current concepts in genetic ; example arc drawn from microbe , plants, animal and viru to illu trate: the molecular

structure of the gene, mcchani m of gene action a!ld gene regulation, levels of genetic organization in different life form , basic population genetics, and gcnctical a pcct of evolution. Practical will in lud· both plant and animal material and will involve carrying out both directed and independent cxp:.:riments. Much of the laboratory work

will involve Drosophila. Pre-requisite: BIO lOOE Co-requi ite: BIO 260E recommended

Instructor : D. L. Gibo and W. G. Fili n Instructor: ( o ) W. G. Filion

Cell Biology, 2L, 3P Cell tructurc and functi n. Cell organizati n t th1.: org n lk and

molecular kvcl will b c n idt:r'd in b tcrial. nim l nd plant di.. Topic include the tru tun.: and fun ti n f m mbran . nu I i. mitoch ndria, pla tid and oth ·r rg n •II . In th labor t )ry th' tudcnt will be om· famili r with urr nt t ·hniqu of II bi l Pre-requi ite: RIO 1 In ·tructor.: J. . ii· r, P. H rg n nd D. H. D

Plant onn nd unrtion, 2L, 3P un1.: ' f the maj r plant group fr m th' un i nJ lg. tl

Flow1: ring forms. h stru ·tur and lif1: hi ·tl ry r pr ·ntati _ r

con. idcr1.:d t g th r with di, ·u ·il n l f th fun ·ti n f th m j 'r ti u ·sand org·ms. h 1.:volution of plant i di u ·J with p rti ular r f r n ' to fl s ils. Pre-requisit : 111 l 001' P .l.

ln~trmton : P. W. Ball nd W .. ·iii n

62

BlO - lE

BIO 252E

BIO 260E

, nimal Form and Function, 2L, 3P H animal. arc.:: tru turall ' d . ign d to cope with th n ironment i th main them . Th ··captur ··of food, the proc ing and

di tributing ) t m , and loc motion ar ome of the t pie tr at d c mparativ I and from an cvoluti nar point of view, drawing

e. amp! from both v rt brate and inv rt brat

Pre-requi ite: BIO l OOE lnstru t r : G. K. forri and P. J. Pointing

De ·elopm ntal Biology, 2L. 3P Important developm ntal e\ent in plant and animal from the formation of garnet through fertilization and organogene is. Laboratorie tr th dynamic aspects of development by frequent

use of Ii ing material. Pre-requisite: BIO I OOE Co-requisite: BIO 241E Instructor: : P. Horgen and D. H. O'Da

Biometri • 2L. 3P An introduction to the theory and application of tatistics in Biology.

Topic will include probability theory. de criptive tatistics, sampling theory. h)pothe i te ting. anal) i of variance, experimental design, correlation and rcgre ion, and non-parametric methods. Collection

and anal i of biological data will be carried out in the lab ratory. In tructor: W. G. Sprulc

BIO 270EF Introductory Ph~ ical for Life i nee , 2L, 3P

BIO 320£

(Sam CH 270EF Introduction to the ph i al pr pcrti of lutions and interface with emphasi on technique and th ori pertinent to the chemistry of living

) terns. C.Olligative propcrti of lution , interfacial phenomena, th rrno-d)nami and equilibria el m ntary kinetic , oxidation and reducti n ill be tudied. Co-requi ite: CHM 240E In tructors: B. I. Roo and M. Mo kovit

Plant Ph. ·ology, 2L, 3P

Study of principal phy iological proc of plants and th influen c of environm ntal factor on th . Topic will in lud :

a r r I ti n , min ral nutriti n, tran I tion, phot ynth i , r pir ti n, n ral m t h nd d lopm nt . Pr:..,. qmsite: BIO 100 • lnstru t r: P. . Ran

3

BIO 321E Introduction to nimal Phy iolo , 2L, 3P A comparative approach will be taken to the tudy of phy iological proccs es in animals. Emphasi will be placed on the understanding of underlying principle . Topic will include re piration, excretion, osmoregulation, ionic regulation and the physiology of muscle and

nerve. Pre-requisite: BIO lOOE, CH 1 120E Instructor: B. I. Roots

BIO 322EF Animal Behaviour I: Social Factor , 2L 3P A lecture and practical cour e dealing with the organization of animal ocietie , communication and en ory coding. learning. and the

physiological ba i of behaviour. Pre-requisite: BIO 251 E I p .I.

Instructor: G. K. Morri

BIO 323E Animal Behaviour II: Ph.· ical Fa tors, 2L, 3P

BIO 324E

RIO 330E

Ill( 1 21

A lecture and practical cour e dealing with th re pon of animal to environmental factor uch a light, temperature. humidit., etc.

Pre-requi ite: BIO 251 E ' P .I.

Instructor: P. J. Pointing

nimal Ph) iolo , 2L. 3P ( 'ol off r din 1973-74) A few topic will b' tudit.:d 10 d pth. Empha i under tanding of underlying principle . T pie re piration, er tion. o mor gulation. i nic r gul ti n nd rinol gy. mu cl phy iol gy and th r . Pre-requi ite ·: BIO 100. H t 1-0. BIO u t 270EF rccomm nd d

Inrtructor: TR

Fr fa un t d qu ti· pl nt • "pl n t n

b~nthi fauna, and fi h. Th ta on m , life hi tori and c ology of

local pe ic ''ill b 1:mph izcd. Pre-requi ite'. BIO 110E P.I.

111 tructor: TB

mo _ OE Tru ·onom and volution of Flowering Plants, 2L, 3P con id ~ation of th principle of cl ifi ation f living organi m

v;ith particular cmpha i on flowering plant . Topic to b di cu d in lud "The pccic Concept", "P lyploid ··, "Geographical Variation" and .. umerical Ta onom " The laboratOI) work will invohe an e. amination of th main familie of flowering plant and th tudy of\ ariation in naturally oc urring plant population . ?rt-requisites: BIO I JOE, BI0240E/ P.I. Instructor: P. W. Ball

BIO 3_ 1 E Invertebrate Form and Function, 2L, 3P Th tructure and classification of invertebrate animals, e pecially arthropods. A continuation in greater depth of in ertebratc topic

gun in BIO 251 E. Appendage and keleton . copulatory organs and sen. ory receptors will be tudied as adaptive tructure . Pre-requisites : BlO 251 E and f or BIO I I OE lnscructor: G. . forri

BIO 370E Gen ral licrobi logy, 2L, 3P Historical d vclopment of microbiology; tructur and ultra tructurc of miero-organi m ; phy iology and nutrition of bacteria; growth and culti\ ation of bacteria; nature of viru ; bacteriophage and a limited urvey of animal iru e and their propcrtie ; micro-organi m in

m dicine, industry and agriculture; immunology and immunochcmi try, microbial phy iology microbial genetic and microbial ecology. Pre-requisites: aro 100£, CHM 120E Co-requi it es: BIO 241 E (CHM 240, recommend d) Instructor: A. Guba

BIO 371 ES irol , 2L, Jp

Fundamental principk and t chniqu of animal virol gy including methods of tis u culture; viru cultivation and a say; and physiology of iru d velopmcnt will bed alt with in detail. Pre-requisite : BIO 100 and CllM 120n

Co-requisite: BIO 370u (HJO 241 r. r commend d) lnrtruf'tor: TBA

65

lllO 421 · Phy iology of ervous y tem , 1 L, 1 T, 3P (Not offered in 1973-74) Various aspect of the phy iology of nervou y tern will be studied including ncurochemistry and neuropharmacology. Pre-requisites: BIO 100, CHM 120, BJO/ CHM 270EF, BIO 321 E recommended, P .r. Instructor : B. I. Roots

BIO 422ES Acoustical Biology, 2L, 3P

The role of ound in animal communication. Mechanism of sound production and reception; the signal function of ound . Recording and analysis techniques. Pre-requisite: BIO 322EF/ P.I. Instructor: G. K. Morri

BJO 423E Radioi otope in Biolo • 2L 3P

Radioisotopes, their production and propcrtie ful in biological or biochemical inve ligations. Principle of tracer methodology. Application of tracer technique in tran location, as imilation. intermediary metaboli m, etc . Mea urement of r dioactivity u ·ng different counting systems, radioautography. etc. Pre-requisites: BIO lOOE, CHM l 20E/ P.J. Instructor : P. V. Rangnekar

BIO 424Es Ph · iology of n Organ , 2L, 3P ( ot offen.:d in 1973- 4

BIO 430E

lllO 431F.

A comparative tudy will be mad of th en organ of animal . Pre-requi ites: BIO lOOE, CHM 120E, PHY 120E, BIO 321 recommend1.:d, P.J. Instructor : TBA

3-74) If rm ti n of

Dlrni.

Th or ti I Erolo , .t, I r n ·u.I an cd ur

1.:c llo •i al ph~ n m na' 111

6

produ ti n and populati n d 'tlamic • en rg flow, charact r di pla m nt and c mpetitiv clusi n u i n, c mmunity div rsity and tabilit , and th ori of bi g graphy. Techniqu of anal · · uch math mati al modelling and principl c mponent

analy i ' 'ill al be di u ed. Material for th c ur \I ill c m

principal! fr m current c logical literatur .

Pre-requi ite: BIO 230E Instructors: \ ' . G. Sprole and TBA

BlO 432E f ppli d Ecolo ' 2L, 3P A study of the cological implicati n of principle and technique employed in the utilization and con r ation of natural re ource . Example will be ch en mainly from agriculture, forestry, fi hand wildlife exploitation and recreation. Problems involved in the e tabli hm nt of natural con ervation area the multiple u e of resource and methods of land use planning will be di cussed. The course will include lectures, seminar , field work and individual

projec . Pre-requisite: BIO 230E Co-requisite: Recommended preparation: BIO 330E

Instructor: R. A. Frost

BIO 435EF Bi eognph} (offered Tue day 7:00-10:00 p.m.) Lecture , tutorials, readings, and practical exerci es designed to elucidat the principle of plant and animal distribution patterns.

Pre-requisite : BIO 230E/ P.I. Instructor: G . R. Thaler

BIO 440E Population ~neti '2L 3P Behaviour of genes in population , mechani m for maintaining genetic diversity, consequence of population izc, inbr cding and natural selection are m of the topic th twill be covered. The laboratory work will include population tudi and imple model testing. oursc

wil1 al mate with BIO 442E . Pre-requi ite: BIO 1 OOE/ 11 OE Instructor: D. L. Gibo

BIO 441 E • El ctr n ficro copy, 1 L, 3P An introduction to the theory and practice of el ctron mi ro copy and its application to the study of the ultrastructure of cell and ti uc . Pre-requi ite: Written P.J. required for regi tration lmtructor: B. I. Roots

67

nro 442EP Evolution, 2L, 3P (Not offered in 1973-74)

Major features and trategics of evolution will be emphasized. Mechanism of spcciation, mimicry, character di placement and genetic drift arc some of the topics that will be covered. Lab include selecti n experiment, model te ting, and individual presentation . Course will alternate with BIO 422E

Pre-requisites: BIO 1OOE/ 11 OE; BIO 240E recommended Instructor: D. L. Gibo

BIO 443EF Plant Breeding, 2L, 3P ( ot offered in 1973-74)

The application of genetics and biometry to the principles of breeding both self-pollinated and cross-pollinated plants. Specific examples are drawn from Ontario grown crop . Pre-requisite: BIO 240E Co-requisite: BIO 260E Instructor: W. G. Filion

BIO 444EF Cytogenetic ' 2L, 3P Selected topic of current intere tin cytogenetic and pecialized topics such a the organization and beha iour of chromo ome , and chromosome aberration will be di cussed. Stud nt are asked to se the in tructor prior to rcgi tration. Pre-requisite: BIO 240E or equivalent Instructor: W. G. Filion

ero 452EF Current Topi in nimal Development, 2L, 1 T

BIO 470

Thi cour f u on th contribution of vari us i nti to th

und r landing of u h probl m growth, inducti n, r g nerati n 00cytc matur tion, g~nc amplificati n and an r. Informal tut nal e ion enhance th 1 ctur through criti al di. u - i n of r c ntly

publi h d r ·carch articl . Pre-req11i ite : BIO 241 E, BIO 2 2E, P.I.

lmtructor: D. H. 'Day

Pre-rt' 711i1'itt• : RI

Jnstmcton:

nth i:

nti I

6

BIO 4 OEY Riolo R earch Project I r earch proj ct arri d out und1.:rth . upavi ion of a taff mcmb 'r.

Open t third r fourth car ·tudcnt . Writt n c n cnt f taff m mbcr upervi ing th pr j1.:ct mu_t be btain d for rcgi ·tration.

BIO 4 IE BiolOg)' Re arch Project II Open on! to fourth · ar tud nt . fourth ~ar tud nt may combine BIO 4 OE and BIO 4 l EY into a ingl proj ct. Written con ent of taff m mbcr must be obtained for regi tration.

CHEMISTRY

Faculty Advi r: Pr fe or I. W. J. Still

Ch mistry is both a challenging intellectual pur ·uit and a dominant force in shaping modern civilization. {odem chemi try pro\ide an under tanding of th~ tructurc and propertie of atom and molecule and u. e thi knowledge to interpret and predict the change as ociated with chemical reaction . In addition to it vital role in modem science-based indu try. chemi try bas an increa ingly important b~aring on other sciences such as biology. the medical cience , p ychology. geology, metallurgy and astrophy ic . As an intellectual pursuit it i al o becoming increasingly recognized as a ouod basis for other al of life combining a it does the need for both disciplined and imaginati e thinking. This i rdkct d in the courses offered in the recommended prograrnm in Chemi try. The basic core of chemistry course , with ancillary Mathematic and Phy ic , will enable the tudent to cboo e cour es at the fourth year level reflecting his specific area of interc t.

The Chemistry programme offered at Erindal Coll g i a very uitable preparation for tho intending to teach chemi try in High chool (Type A certificate), continuation into graduate work or entry into industry. It al. o includes courses for those working in cognate discipline uch as biology and earth and planetary science .

Chemistry Speciali t Programme at Erindale

Year I CHM 120E,MAT l39E/MAT 135E, PHY 120E. Year II CHM 220E, 230E , 240E, MAT 239E/235E/APM 251 E,

PHY 220E (another 200-scrie course in Sci nee/Math matic . Year III CHM 320£, 330E, 340E, and on cour c from CHM 3 OE, HM 3601.,

another Science or Mathematic . Year IV Three 400 eriescourse in chemi try.

Chcmi try and Biochcmi try Speciali t Programme at faindale

Year I CHM I 20E, MAT 135 / I 39E, PHY 120 ., BIO l OOe/1101!. Year II CHM 220E, 230E , 240E, MAT 235F/239 / APM 251 .

69

Year HI llM 320E/ CHM 330E, CUM 340 ' HM 360 ' HM 371EY, CHM 347s (St. George) (mo 370E recommended).

Y car IV At lea tone BCll and two CHM cour e at 400-level, and one cour e from BCH / CHM 1

BIO 470E.

N.B. urrent Type A Certificate of Education for a chemistry pcciali t require a

minimum of nine cour ·c in chemi try, with a B average tanding, to be taken during a four-year cour c.

CHM J 20E Basic Concept of Chemi try, 3L, IT (Fall Term) 2L, 3P (Spring Term)

llM 220E

Molecular tructurc and geometry, chemical bonding and chemical

reactions are di cus ed on the basis of in ight into the behaviour of

atoms and molecule that comes from d.,; criptive quantum mechanic ,

chemical kinetic , and chemical thermodynamic . The Periodic

Table; introduction to organic and inorganic ch mi try; chemical

equilibria; reaction mechani m and chemical reactivity. Studen

intending to regi ter in CHM l 20E without th Grade xm preparation

are ad vi cd to consult the instructor during the ummer o that a

suitable reading programme may be arrangcd pri r to commencement of lecture .

Pre-requisite: Gr. xm CHM and 1AT P.I.

Co-requi ite: M T 135E M T 110EF and 120E . ( AT 139E 13 E

and PHY 120E required for peciali t Programm in Chcmi try Instructor: E. A. R bin on and J.C. P i-:

Co-requisit 1: nc ( t. r ..

(May not b combin J' ith l'llY 25-h n-tmc tor: J. 1. D k -r-

'mm nd d)

llM 2~0rs Introduction to lnor~ nic h mi tr_, .. 1. 4P

1 nic bondin, nu I 1tti c stnictur ' :ind l n r •i lutil n

and solubilitio.. )\ ak nt hi: ndin • md t r h 'nli tr . ripti

70

chemi try of h ·drogcn and the fir t pcri d. Intr duction to tran ition m tal chemi try and metal c mp! c .

Pre-requi ite: CHM 120E In tructor. ; G. A. Ozin and A. J. Po ..

CHM 240E Introduction to Organic Chemistry, 2L. 1 T (Fall term), 2P Th ynthe i and reactivity of the major cl of organic compound ·will be di c d from th standpaint of mod rn theorie of tructure and r action m chani m. The chemi try of ·om natural product , principally fa , carbohydrate , and amino-acid and pcptid will also be con idcred.

Th basic laboratory techniqu and elected example of the synthe i and pcctro copic analy i of organic compound will be pre ented in th laboratory in uch a way a to complement the lecture material. Pre-requi ite: CHM 120E Instructor: I. W. J. Still

CHM 270EF Introductory Pb ical Chemistry for Life cience 2L, 3P (Same as BIO 270EF) Introduction to the phJsical propertie of olution and interface with empha.si on technique and theory pertin nt to the chemistry of living y terns. Colligative propcrtie of solution , intcrfacial phenomena, thermodynamic and quilibria, pH and buffers, elem ntary kinetic , oxidation and reduction . Co-requi ite: CH t 240E Instructor : Chcmi try and Biology taff

CH 1 320£ hemi'itry, 2L, 4P (8 hour every cond week) Quantum stati tical mechanics. The solid and liquid states. Physical chemi try of urface . Photoch mi try. Th long laboratory pcri d allow quite advanced expcrim nt to be undertaken. Pre-requi ite: CHM 220E, MAT 239E/235E/ APM 251 E

Co-requisite: one (MAT 335E recomm nd d) lmtructor: J.M. Decker

CHM 322,S Qu ntum h mistry and pectro opy, 2r., t T

Oa ical and quantum mechanical th ori of radiation. lcction rules. Elcmen of electronic, vibrational, rotational, MC>s. bau r, E R, NMR, and QR J><:ctroscopy. pcctra of atom and mol cul .

hemical application of Group h ory. Pre-requi ite: llM 220 · Instructor: M. Mo kovit

71

HM 330E Advanc d lnor anic bemi try, 2L, 4P

Chemical applications of spectro copy. Descriptive chemi try of the main group element . Theorie of b nding in transition metal complexes. Chemi try of metal carbonyl and nitro yls, etc. Organometallic compound and hydride . Thermodynamic of complex formation. Mechani m of reaction of metal complexe . Descriptive chemi try of transition metal . The laboratory cour e covers a wide range of synthetic and instrumental technique and is associated with an informal programme of tutorials. Pre-requisite: CHM 230Es Instructors: A. J. Poe and G. A. Ozin

CHM 340E Advanced Organic Chem· try, 2L, 4P

The stereochcmi try of organic compounds in relation to their pby ical and chemical propertie and to factor affecting rates of reaction. Mcchani tic a pcct of organic reaction . Th application of th stereochemical and mechani tic con ideration to the ynthe · of polyfunctional organic compound in both lecture and laborat ry. Pre-requisite: CHM 240EF, CH 1245E (1972-3 calendar) / P.I. In tructors: I. W. J. Still andM. A. Winnik

CHM 350E In trument I ethod. in Chemi try, 1 L, 1 T, 3P

mm nd d lmtru tor: Tn

JIM Or Biologi al h mi-try, 2t., I r k tur n rul bi

72

di u it in a minar. Thi c ur c i an c 'ptabl cquival nt to BCH 320 3-1 a pr -r qui it1.: f r fourth- ·car c urs in Bi chcmi tr Pre-requi. ite: CH t 240EF (1972-3 calcnd, r) and CHM 220 '

CH t 27 EF ( H t -30E, re omm nd d) Co-requi ite: CH. t 340E r· ommend1:d In tructor : M.A. Winnik, J.C. P ..

CH f 371 EY Laborat r Cou e in Bi ch m· h), 3P

CHM 410

CHM 415

CllM 419

To com pl rn nt CH t 360E and prepare for BCH 4 71 (St. George)

Co-requi ite: H f 360E and P.I.

In tructor: TBA

Topi in Chemistry 2L A ri of topic covering major areas of current intere tin inorganic, organic and phy ical chemistry uch a organometallic cherni try, organic ynthe i , pectroscopy. kinetic , organic and inorganic reaction mechani m , and the chemi try of biochemically important molecule . A total of 75 lecture will be given and students will have

to choo e topics totalling 50 lecture . Pre-requisite: CHM 220E, 330E, 340E and P.I.

Instructor: Staff

D' rtation Based on Literature Re earch The dissertation will be ba ed on literature re earch of a given area and would be expected to occupy one-fifth of a tudent's programme. Introductory reading will be nece ary early in the course to bring tuden to a level where th y can appreciate the mo 't recent work

in their topic. The dis 1.:rtation will b conducted under the guidance of a chemistry faculty member on a topic other than the student'

re earch topic in CH\f 419. Pre-requi ite: P.I. and CHM 2:l0E, 330E, 340 · In tructor: Staff

Introduction to Research in Ch mi try An experimental or th retical re arch problem in ch mi try under the upervi ion of a member of the chcmi try taff. 1 he total tim involved would be of the order of 250 hour , and tudcnt-., in addition to carrying out re carch on their own proj ct , would b encouraged to participate fully in th activiti of th ir chos n re arch group . A final report incorporating th aim and re ult of thi r c arch will be required. Co-requisite: At lea tone 400·1evel ch mi try cour c and r.r. Instructor: Staff

73

CLASSICS

Faculty Adviser: Professor T. G. Elliott

Clas ics is the tudy of the civilizations of Greece and Rome. Cour cs arc offered in four general areas: ( 1 ) Greek and Roman Hi tory ( GRH). Cour · offered in thi area require no knowledge of the original language . Upon petition to the D~partment of Hi tory tudents may receive credit for the e cour c toward the pecialist degree in History. (Consult the regulation of the Department of Hi tory). (2) The masterpieces of ancient literature, read in translation ( GLL). (3) Latin language and literature studied in the original (LAT). ( 4) Greek language and literature tudied in the original (GRK).

Whether the student approachc Clas ics in the original language or in translation, he will be introduced to intelligent people of another ociety tr ing tom et b ic and universal is ue . The effort of these people arc of inter1: tin th ir own right. But they arc al o interesting in that they have been the foundation of o many aspec of our own civilization; of art, literature, philo ophy. governm nt. It i probabl the value of Classic a a background for civilized thought in general which has produced the traditional opinion that it is a uitable preparation for a wide variety of car ers. The student who is mainly intere ted in other ubjcct will find that course in Classics present background material which is indi pen able for the und r tandiog f other tudied in the Humanitie , and thu for the under tandiog of our own civilization.

For a peciali t programm a tudent i r1:quircd to take , 'E full course (or i equivalent in half cour c ) in fir t year, in e ch of GRK and LAT. In th thr~ up r years TWO cour e ( r quivalent) are r quired in i.: h 1 nguag .

or programm in Latin, or Gr ck, r GPc and Rom n Hi t ry, consult th Department.

In programme· in Latin and anoth~r ubjc t (c ) the Latin ompon nt will be very ·irnilar to the Latin c mp< n nt f th la i · pr gramm . C n ult th Department of la . ics and the 'partm 'nt tea hing th' th 'r. ubj t.

GRK 10

rnu;: 1201·

Introdu tory r k, 3T our 1.: de ign d to a quaint th

n icnt ri.: k languag und t introdu him to lmtruc tor: TB.

, o rah: · on rial,

f th ' Lit rature.

ri.:adin of Pl.110' 1p<>lo \'Of oaatt . h • ur· in·lud furth r stud l f th 1r k J, n •uagi.:. Prt•-re.q11i1"it : 111 ir k r .RK 100 Inst rtt tor: 111

74

GRK 123

GRH 100

GRH lOlE

GRH 216 (I)

GRH 218 (1)

GRH 300

The anderin of Od eos 3T Ar ading of Homer· Ody sey, B k 6, 9, 11. The course include

further tudy of th Gr k language. Pre-reqL4i ite: xm Gr ek or GRK 100 lnstru tor: TBA

Greek and Roman Civilization Its political ec nomic and cultural ev lution, b ginning in an ag of independ nt city- tak . rea bing rich maturity in the Helleni tic age of Great Powi::rs, and culminating in the multir cial and multi ultural

Roman empire. I place in world hi tory. Exclusion: GRH 200 201 / 300 if taken in the ame year of tudy

Instructor: {WE ) T. G. Elliott

The ical Ideal and the Clas ical E perience, 2L, IT An introduction to Greek and Roman Hi tory. The origin , operation

and development of ancient social and political in titutions; clas ical political theory; the crisis of the ancient civilization; cla ical culture

and Christianity are the themes pre ented.

Instructor: T. G. Elliott

Alexander the Great and the Hellenistic Age, 2T The course will examine the career and achievement of Alexander,

and the hape of the world that re ulted from hi conquests.

Instructor; C. I. Reid

Religion in the Roman Empire, 2T A study of the difkrent religious y tern and belief competing for men's allegiance in the Roman world of the fir t four centurie A.O. Classical paganism and its cults; emperor wor hip; the philosophical alternative to religion; astrology; the my tery religion and Mithrai. m ; the rise of Christianity and the dcveloprn nt of it teachings and in titutions within the social context of thdr times; official and popular reaction to Christianity-<:0nversion, oppo ition, persecution, and the eventual tabli hment of Christianity a th1.: Empire's ole rdigi n. Instructor: R. L. Beck Instructor: (WES) R. L. Beck

The Roman mpire, 2L, 1 T

Constitutional, economic, social military and rcligiou development in the empire, from Augu tu to St. Augu tin . Instructor: T. G. lliott See also ms 485 and ms 486.

75

GLL 190

GLL 200 (I)

LAT 100

LAT 120F

LAT 12ls

Greek and Roman Religion and Myth Jo , 2L, IT The myth of Greece and Rome will be tudied in connection with the religion of the ancient world. Attention will be focussed on the origin and development of the mo t important myths and their ignificancc as inspiration for art and literature. In addition, the course will includ di cussion of different schools of interpretation of myth, and compari on of Greek and Roman myth to those of other culture , particularly of the ear East and orthem Europe. Instructor: C. I. Reid

Greek Drama in Tran lation, 2T A study of Tragedy and Comedy in ancient Greece. Reading and discu ion of elected play of Ae chylus, Sophocle , Euripid , Ari tophanes and Menander. Instructor: R. L. Beck

Introductory Latin, 3T A cour e de igned to acquaint the tud nt with thee ntials of the Latin language and to introduce him to R man Literatur~ .

Instructor: TBA

The Poetry of Catullus 3T lection fr m the work of C tullus, including both hi love poem·

and hi atiric epigram . Include funh r tudy f th Latin langu g • Pre-requi ite: m Latin or L T 100 Instructor: R. L. Beck

The Po try of Horace. 3T

lccti n fr m the Ode of Hora 1:, with p rti ular c:mph i on th lit raryqualit · fHor ,• t ·ri poc:tr. In lud furth~r tUd) fth' Latin Ian u· g'. Pre-requisite: 111 atin r L. r 1 Instructor: R. I.. B k

COMMERCE

acuity dvi er.: H. E. M • and! •s , 1 mm r

1Ullting.

in \ untin nd

76

finan -; ·1.:ll und rtakl.:n graduate tudic. in law, managcm nt and c nomic .

tudents who 1.:mph . izc oth r ubj t matter in their d ·gr'' pr gramme find that Comm r c c ur. arc u eful f r b th understanding c mm rcial operation in Canada and lh d \elopment f lh kill· f anal i and dcci ion-making vital in

many ar a of endea\ ur whi h in\'Olv the planning. organizing and c ntrolling of

a tiviti . The b i C mm rce c urs (co t 100 and co t 221 222) introduc accounting

y tern and lh bas f r informati n ·tern for management. Other c ur c (300 and 400 lcv I) examin ·tru ture , proce and pr blcm in ar1:a uch a organizational beba\'iour, managerial operation in public and pri ate rganization , marketing, th legal environment of bu in , ace unting and taxation principle

and practice and finan ial manag rnent. For tho intere t din profe ional accounting. om of the Commerce cour e

qualify for er dit in th programm in chart r d accountancy offered b the

In titute of Chartered Accountan f Ontario. The B.COM. programme. which i now available at Erindale for all four year of

study, is a 23 course programme featuring five course in the first year (COM 100. ECO l 00 and tA T 135 are ad i ed) and ix: course in each of the sub equent years.

Interested students hould obtain a programme description ("The B.COM. at

Erindale ') and con ult the Faculty Ad\isers.

COM 100 Financial ccounting, 2 L. 1 T

Emphasis i placed on lhe principle and concepts which underlie the preparation of financial statement . Problem of income mea ur menl

are also trc ed. Instructor: TBA

Instructor: (SES) TBA

COM 221 F fanagement ccounting, 2L

Management control is introduced through case discu sion and a computerized management game. Topic includ the relationship bctw n c t, volume and profit; th cl m nt of cost; overhead allocation; j border co l ; proc co ; budgeting; predetermined cos ; and absorption and direct co ting. Pre-requi ite: COM I 00 In.structor: H . E. McCandl Jn tructor: (WES) TBA

OM 222s Information Sy tem and Qntrol, 2r.

lnclud information y tern th ory, control th ory and practice, rel vant co t , re pon ibility accounting, and a urvcy of I ct d manag m nt science tcchniqu . ' I hrough ca discus ion , th

77

COM 300

COM 320

COM 323

COM 332E

inter-relationships between information and control sy terns, managerial style and human behaviour arc establi bed. Pre-requisite: COM 221 F

Instructor: H. E. McCandless Instructor: (WE ) TBA

The Legal Environment of Bu ine , 2L

The course has two main purpo e : to develop an approach to reaching deci ion objectively, and to examine how the law, as an institution, accommodate business convenience and ocial policy. In addition the nature of legal devices that are commonly encountered in the operation of a bu incss is examined. The lecture periods take the form of etas discussion of cases and of topical matter related to busine law. Open to Second Year tudcnts at the di cretion of the in tructor if space is available and pre- and co-r qui ite are atisfied. Pre-requisite: ECO 100 Co-requisite: COM 222s and P.I.

Instructor: TBA

Financial ccounting Theory and Polic,, 2L

An extension of financial accounting topics previously cover1:d. Empha ize area of current concern uch : inv1.:nt ry ·aluation; accounting for fi cd a ct and intangibk ; corporate r1.: rganizati and inter-corporate inve tment . Th1: c m thod o in tru tion i used cxten ivdy. Pre-requisite: co f 222 Instructor: TB

Introduction to Public dmin· trati n, 2L. l T

Th lik rature of pub Ii ad mini ·tration nd )ffi l f th m m 1 u of the pr cnt and r nt pa tin anada ( nd to limited . tent in Britain and other ) i di: u . d. In th r ry cmph i. will b r fe

practi '. Pre-r qui.\ite.: o t I 0 r P L l ln.l'tm tor: TB.

7

co { 400

co 421

co 423

chang . Th c urs al o e amin ~ th rdation hip of organization and th ir nvironm nts. A igncd r ading, c c tudic and r le-playing

rci. are us d. Limit d nr lmcnt. fa not b' ombincd with

co { 401. Pre-requi ite: COM 222 P.I.

Instructor: H. E. M Candle

• larketin , 2L D al with the tru turc and pr c of the marketing sy tern in th Canadian conte t. r of cmpha i arc consumer b haviour, mar 'eting re arch and managerial d ci ion-making in product policy,

promoti n and di tribution. Pre-requisite. co I 222 P .I.

Instructor: 1. S. Somm r

Corporation Finance 2L, 1 T

Explains the financial environm nt within which Canadian companies

operate. develops the main principles of financial management, and e. amine the social and legal significance of the corporation as one of

the dominant in titution of modem ociety. Pre-requisites: COM 222 and ECO 202 Instructor: TBA

Canadian Bu in Taxation 2L De igned to provide an introduction to both the technical provision and broad policy i ue involved in taxation of busine enterpri e in Canada. Emphasize both th underlying ocial and economic

policy i sues of taxation and the under tanding of technical income tax provi ion . Pre-requisite: COM 222s Instructor; TBA

COM 426E adian fanagement and It n ironm nt, 2L (May not offered in 1973-74) The first half deal with the manager and the internal environment

of the firm int rm of the trat gic i l>UC of goal citing, rganizati nal managcm nt and the control of operation a a function of changing dome tic ocial and economic condition .1 h cond half deals with manag rial problem which arc a function of th changing international environm nt. Topic includ d ar prnbl m of managing operations abroad, prob! m of d aling with ub idiarie and parent , the impact

79

off reign patterns of inve tment and competition, government and supra-national regulation of managerial activitie . Pre-requisite: COM 222 and ECO 202

Ill tructor: TBA

COMMUNICAT ONS

Faculty Adviser: Professor P. P. M. Meineke

MM 220Ff Communication I, 2L

(1) Bits, Bytes and Bandwidth, Shannon's Theorem. Fundamental phy ical limitation on information transfer. IMP CT OF TECHNOLOGY­

telcphone, radio, TV cable. ew torage technique uch as magnetic bubble , hologram , etc. Computer , n w tran mi ion technique • lasers, superconductor , atellite , etc. OCIAL l!r P YCHOLOGICAL

IMPLICATIO -the city as a communications d vice. Effect of shopping, learning and working at home. Future Shock and Information Overload. Incre ed individuality. ECO. ·o nc & POLITICAL

IMPLICA no -Economic limit on th rate of innovation. Data Ban and Privacy. Communications v . Tran portation. Co t . Imp ton Energy Re ource . GOVER ME T co. TROL & PLA •• ING--Tb

Tclccommi ion Study, Von Ba y r R port. Th1.: Tran -Canada tel phone sy tern, CRTC and cable companie . In tructor: P. P. M. Meinc ·e

MM 320E ommuni atio n. 3L (/Jo'/' •

MM 330

De igned t familiarize tudcnt ·ith t print d material. Th prepar ti n of a within the c m1:dia will b' c plor ·d be in lud1.:d in th1: urri ulum. lmtructor: A R nth l

nd mmuni ti n, 11, I ( ir t rm)

nt ti n "·11

80

bulk of thew rk will b dated t ngli h peaking countric but att mpts will be mad to tabli h me uni rsal of d viance and

c mmuni atioo. (Th ou will be tructured to includ one k ture and one tut rial

in th fi t term. peciali t in r lated fi Id have agreed to gi c guc t lcctur and to parti ipate in di us ion . In the cond term tud nt will und rcake "fi Id re arch" and tutorial will be conducted during which progre and problem of re ar h will b di u ed. Enrolment limit d to 20 tud nts). Open to students i11 second and higher year .

Instructor: A. L. Stein See al o PHL 2 2 Language and Communication 2L

COMPUTER SCIENCE

(See Under Mathematics)

DRAMA

Faculty Adviser: fr. J. A tington

Practical exploration of drama involves two related effort of the imagination and intelligence: the under tanding of the dramatist's or director' work in the play, and personal interpretation and creation of the e effects in acting. The courses in drama given at Erindale deal with both the e area , and hould appeal either to peciali ts in literature wishing to broaden their understanding of drama, or to students interested primarily in their own vocal and phy ical creativity, and its development.

ORA 1 OOE European Drama. 1 L, IT ( 'ot offer din 1973-74) Introduce the tudent to maj r non-Engli h author of we tern drama from its origins to the theatre of today. The course will con i t of reading and discu ion of a selection of work in tran lation (approximately 20 play ) by the following: Ac chylus, ophocle , Euripides, Ari tophane , Plautu / Terence, neca, Lope de Vega/ Calderon, Moliere, Racine, Goldoni, Goethe, Chckov, Ib en, Pirandello, Lorca, Brecht, Ione co, Genet. lnrtructor : R. L. Beck and D. A. Trott

ORA 200E Drama through cting, 4P Covers som basic area of acting direction and production, uc;ing variety of play texts. Through rehear al, tud nt will be xpcct d to

explore the major prob! m of interpreting drama in practical terms. Private pr paration for group m ting will b xpcctcd, as w II a participation in public production . Pre-requisite; P.1.

In tructor: J. A tington

81

ORA 300E Advanced Acting and Directing, 4P ( ot offered in 1973- 74) Detailed work on acting technique and the interpretation of the play text. tudcnts will be expected to work on their own to a considerable extent, in preparation of scene for group discus ion, and to work on productions ari ing from the cour e. The work of ORA 200E will be continued in a more advanced and inten ivc way. Pre-requisite : ORA 200E or equivalent. Enrolment limited Instructor: J . A tington Sec also G 480E Shake peare's Stage .

EARTH AND PLANETARY SCIENCES

(Geology and Geophysics)

Faculty Advi er: Profes or H. C. Hall

The great and varied area of Canada and its exten ive coa ts mak G ology and Geophysics important subject in thi country. The mining and petroleum industri which arc among the country' large t have traditionally been maj r employers and arc continuing to expand. In 196 anadian Univer itie pro\idcd only 35 % of the geologists required in the country and near!) two-third of nc.:wly emplo ·c.:d geologists came from abroad. There i alway an unfulfillc.:d dc.:mand for gc ph · i i t .

In the past ten year wor ening pollution problem . betk r under tanding of th cau e of such di a ter · a carthqu ke and hurrican . cii.:ntific xpediti to th moon and the realization that the continent · ar indc d drifting ha\ arous d gr t interest in problem related to our phy ical environment.

To meet th e needs and to train graduat 3 f r th' m n) j b \\hi hi.: . i tin Canada Erindale ffer a broad pc trum of urs in th earth i n . First r cour e in all programmi.: ar imilar to permit deferment of d i ion a ut specialization until tu<lcnt. arc a arc of th rang' of~ "ibilitic ·within the rth ciences. Mo t of the elem ntar · oursi.: in geology nd g phy i · ar pen to II tudent but for thos who wi ·h to . pc ·iali1 in I tcr y ar thr , cream ar· ugg sled below:

( 1) Geology

Year I PS 100. 1. r llOE and 120r ll' I rl.5.PH't llOorPm LOE. plu two option ( 11 t 1201· r ·omm ·nd d).

Year IT I: P · 210 . l r -30u. Ps -50F., plu l\\l ptirn . Ycurlll BPS 1011•, p :uo . ,IP 330 l,l. P 340u· f.P

plu two option . Yl·ar I F.Ps 4201, H's 4301. plu thr • lpti ns .

(2) ,,•olo>:v cmd Geopliy'i ' Year I 1.Ps 1001, 1111011 .ind t_(l~>llr 1 1 l'\ ,Pll\ ll< lrPll\ I 0,

plu IWO optillllS .

ar IT EP 210E, p 230E, EP 250E, plu tw option ( I{ T 244F and

220E r c mm ndcd). YarIII EP 310EF,EP 320E,EP 330EF,EP 340E, R210Eplustwo

option· PHY 226E, AP 1 251 E or AP f 24 • c c I 0 F r commended).

y ar IV EP 41 OE. EP 4-0E, EP 430F. plu. tw option .

(3 Geolo ; and the Em·ironment y arI EP 100E,GGR171E.MAT110EFand120E or fATl3 .plu twooption

(CH 1120E, PHY 1 lOor PHY 120E n.: omm ndcd). Yearn EP"210E,EP 230E,EP 240E plu 2Jloption (EP 220,GGR202EF

recommended). y ar III EP 320E ) EP 330EF. GGR 311 E, GGR 373E, plu two option (GGR 375E,

GGR 377EF, GGR 379E recommended).

Year IV EP 430E. GGR 4 71 E, plus two option .

Because many ological and geophy ical problem involve precise mea urement of earth pr pcrtie or proce e , earth ience are enhanced at Erindalc b emphasi

on outdoor tudi and by the Survey Science programme. The environmental gcograph programme offer a further wide election of

courses in natural re urc1.: , con ervation, environmental management and remote n ing. Further combinations including links with Biology may be possible. Students

are advi ed to con ult m mbers of the tafl in G1.:ology and Geophysics about · specialization and I cti n of course appropriate to pccific interests.

EP 100E

EP 210E

Introduction to Earth ience, 1 L, IT, 3P An introduction to the propcrtic and haviour of the earth. Topic to be discu d include the hape, motion and internal tructurc of the earth; the fundam ntal phy ical and ch mica! processc occurring within it; and the change in the earth' urface in re pon e to the e procc of which ca floor spreading and continental drift arc

dominant. Pre-requisites: xm PHY and CHM r comm ndcd Instructors: H. C. Halls, J. T. Wil on

Elementary Mineralogy and Petrolo , 1 r., 3P

The cla ification of major rock-forming min rals and the use of cry tal ch mi try to explain th ir optical, morphological and phy ical propcrtie . Description and identification of cdim ntary, ign ou and metamorphic rock both in hand pccimcn and with the aid of

the microscope. A one-day trip lo min ral coll cling localitie on the Canadian Shi Id provid an opportunity to examine minerals in their natural setting. Pre-requi ites: XIII CHM, PS I ()()P,

3

Co-requisite: EPS 1 OOE if not taken previou ly Instructor: D. H. Gorman

EP 220E Evolution and Geochronology, lL, 1T,2P An introduction to nuclco ynthe is, th age of the earth, the origin of life and a urvcy of i otope geochronology and evolution. Pre-requisite: EPS lOOE Instructors: R. M. Farquhar and TBA

EPS 230E Structural Geology, 1 L, 1 T, 3P The mechanical propertie of crustal material and their re ponse to changing physical conditions; the geometry of geologic tructure and recon truction of their development. Pre-requisite: EP 1 OOE Co-requisite: EP 21 OE Instructor: TBA

EPS 240Es Earth Proce e and Man' Environment, IL, 1 T, 2P The interaction of man's a tivitie with hi ph) i I environment; man as an in trument of geologic change. The our includ an examination of pri.;diction and monitoring of volcani m and utiliz ti n of volcanic heat; earthquake pr1.:diction and ntrol. lope tability and land. lid ; man-made landform and their phy :cal eff l!' : fluid withdrawal and land. ub. idence; undi.;rground t r e ~and v. tc di po al. Pre-requisite: EP 100E/ GGR 171 E P.I. Instructor: TB

EP 250E;:. Earth Hi tory, IL, 3p

An introdu ti n t th1.: prin ipk nd k ·hnigu u~

age fr k. . . minati n of th ' r 'k r procc i.:. whi h ha\i.: per. t d thrc ugh tim . Ga ·p ar1.:a immi.;diat I) hll ' ing final min th principk • nd kchnil1u of !kid g l I) man ' )f th cone pts ·tudi d. Pre-r quisite: . P l 00 ·

O·r q11i.1itt•: · P 2101

Instructor: 18

l rs 3101.l· G oph ical 1ethods, l t., • P

rth trip t th

illu tr th l f

nd mplifi

n intr ductil n to 'Ph i -at llll till I ' f tud) ing th .trth includin •th prim: ipl "· in. trum nt.tti\'ll an I int q r t.tti n ,f ' ult

4

h , mi.:th d in lude m 'asur m1.:nt of graYity, the pre ent and pa t

g· magneti fi ·Id, natural · i mi '·ave , t rrc trial heat flow, th

ag' of rock by radiometric method , and both · i mic and I ctromagn ·ti wan: whi h hav1: b 'n artificiall g1:nerah.:d.

Pre-requi it es: EP lOOE. PH 110 120 Instructor: H. . Hall·

tarin Geolo~, IL, 3P The morph l gy. tructur and eYolution of th ocean ba in and the

rn thod employed for tudying them.

Pre-requi ite: EP 210E

I mtructors: Th taff

EP 330EF on mi Geology. 1 L, 1 T. 3P An introdu tion to the g'n i and occurrence of mineral d p its and the factors that determine their e anomic iability.

Pre-requisite: EP 210E

lnrtructors: TBA

EP 340E tin ral ~!oration. 1 L, 1 T. 2P

A cour c with ome practical work in the field outlining the methods of g1.:ophy ical and geochemical pro peeting and their relative merits and limitati n in thee. ploration for pccific type of mineral dcpo. it .

Pre-requi ite : PHY I 10/J20E; EP 210 Co-requi ite: EP 310EF

In tructor: H. C. Hall

.P 3 OE5 Principle of Pal ontoloJt"" 1 t, 1 T, 2P

Th origin of life and c olution of the major group of macro- and microfo ii . Palcoecology, fauna! communitic. and extinction. he

patial and temporal di tribution of cl ctcd marine invertebrate group in relation to gl bal t ctonic and c ntincntal drift. Pre-requiJite: .P 220 ·

Instructor: TflA

EP 360Es Pal o n~ironmcnt , 1 r., IT, 2P

D termination of anci nl en ironmcnt ; their di tribution in time and pace, and th ir significance in relation to the evolution of the

lithosph re and bio ph re. A trip to th Horida-Bahamas area will illu trate mod rn ·dim ntary proc · and nvironm nt . Pre requi~ite : EP 220fl

Co requisite: T.P

In trU('/Or; TBA

85

EPS 410

EPS 420E

EP 430£

EP 440E

Advanced Phy ic of the Earth, 1 L, 1 T, 3P

An advanced continuation of course EP 310 . , with particular attention to the tructure and behaviour of th earth· interior as deduced by geophy ieal method . Pre-requisites: EPS 31 OEF, PHY 220£ Instructor: D. J. Dunlop

The Evolution of the Earth' ru t, 2L, 3P

An outline of world geology based particularly upon comparative studies of shields, platform and helf dcpo its, mountain belt , i land arc and ocean basin . A eric of day fi Id trip to examine Precambrian rocks will illustrate concept and approach di cu ed in the Geology programme. Pre-requisites: EPS 230E, 31 OEF Co-requisites: EP 350EF and 360E Instructors: J. T. Wil on and TBA

Frontier of Earth ience, 1L,2T

A seminar cour e which e amine new cone pt and mod~J in earth science.

Pre-requisites: Any four half- our t: from EP 3 I 0-360 inclu he In tructors: The Staff

B. c. The i (2 cour t: credit )

A stud1:nt re ~arch projt:ct und ·r lht: -upcr i ion of th l ff. Co pi of the i ar1: to b ubmitkd b · far h Lt. Pre-requi itt• : for lmtructors: Th1: taff

ECONOMICS

Pa ulty dvi. er: Pn ft: llr t. J. Har·

6

d re , poli ic and plannin . and finall b th all ativ· m chani m · inherent in

th pri · t m. t th an rcgat I \Cl conomic con idcr u h problem a the c

of unemployment and inflation in th anadian n Ill). and anal zc which can mitigak th c burd ·n . The tud ·of E n mic al a the fairn of th tru burd n. and th d gre to which g vernment pending can b ju tificd. At a more micro or di aggr gakd I v I, onomic anal i con idcrs the d termination of conomic fficiency in diff rent t ·pc of indu try (e.g. oligopoly, and pur c mpctition); th imp ct of anti-tru ·t regulati , and the dct rminati n

of price of both outpu and input through the force of upply and demand. Ee nomic a · m n of international trad pattern , tariff and the con cqucncc

of foreign dire t im tm nt arc also integral. In additi n, cc nomic analy.i focusc on uch i uc a pollution, poverty, the

rate of economic growth and urbanization, regional di paritie and cu t m union

topics which an:: ubiquitou in today' Canadian new paper . The c urse quenc in Economic at Erindale i intentionally de igncd to

accommodate the inter t of b th tuden who wi h to pccializc in thi di ciplinc,

and concomitantly. to tho e who 'Wi ha broader a ment. SpcciaJi ts in Ee nomics may proceed either into the Programme in Commerce

and Finance, an internationally acknowledged joint major in Commerce and Economic . which i now off1:rcd at Erindak Coll gc. or cparatcly in a Four. Y car "speciali t programme·· which require at lea t eight full cour · e in conomic plus one each in tati tic and 1athematic . Stud nt who complete the requirements for the" pcciali ' programme Y.ill have thi c rtification indicated on their diploma . Tho e who w i h to b come•• pcciali t · in con mic hould have attained a B-plus average in their cour in conomi in th ·ir:.t and ·cond Year and mu t rcgi tcr ith the Faculty Ad vi rat the tart f their Third Y car.

At Erindale," peciali "mu t take all of the following during the ccond, third and fourth year : ECO 200· ECO 202E; TA 232/ECO 220/ s A 202Ef and LCO 230E Eco 326 and 325 ; .co 322; at least one full course in conomic History, and ECO 423- nior R arch minar in Economic .

For the •·gen rali t", in addition to ECO 100 (Introduction to conornic ) , the curriculum includ s four full cour (including !Conornic Hi tory) which arc not highly theoretical and which carry only an F.CO I 00 prc-rcquic,it .

Students frcqu ntlycngagc in joint major:. of · onomic and Political ci nee, Commerce, Hi tory, eography Mathematic and ociology. A cqu nee in Economic i al o uitable for tho concentrating in th phy ical scicnc s.

Stud n who cone ntrate in .conomic frequ ntly continu into graduate work in Bu in or ·conomic • or proceed into · w, h rt r d Accountancy and many other areas of indu try and gov rnmcnt. Scienti t • doctor , mu ician and vcn potential tronaut who have b en expo d to a cri of cour c in :con >mies

d I pa more phi ticat d compreh nsion of th principal economic issue which

87

confront ocicty. Concomitantly tho e who have been exposed to a hard-core diet of rig rous economic analysis will find that it enhance their d ci ion-making pr ccs cs.

First year preparation include ECO 100 (Introducti n to conomic ) and for the "spcciali ts" either MAT 134E or MAT l lOEF and MAT 120E depending upon the student's high school attainment and aptitude in mathematic .

ECO 100 Introduction to Economic , 3L, 1 T

A survey cour e with cmphasi on the ba ic concep in macro and micro economic theory; international trade and the technique economist u e to analyse problems. The concepts introduced will include: national income and it determination; mondary and fiscal technique ; bu inc cycle ddennination; the d1:rivation and use of supply and demand schedule ; the theory of the firm and principle of comparative advantage and tariff protection. Instructors: A. W. Donner, S. M. Eddie, J.E. Pesando Instructor: (. E ) TBA, ('i E ) M. J. Hare

o 200 Micro-Economic Theory, 2L, 1 T

An intermcdiat treatment of the ba ic tool of nomic anal) i with application to a wid variety of e on mic pr blem in th area of pricing, re ourcc allocation, in om' di tributi n nd \\ !far economic . May not b combined with ECO 261 E.

Pre-requisite: ECO 100

Instructors: J.E. Flo ·d. J. . H n'

Eco 201 Modem urop an . nomic ff tory, 2t The ec nomi dcvdoprn1;nt f m lkrn ur pc. ith cmph i. on th indu trialization pr nd agrari n h n in m j r urope n countri . with n ntr-1ti n nth fl\: ril1d fr )ffi 1750t)1914.

o-reqw. lft· · r o I 00 In tructor: 1. ·<ldi1;

re o 202 . M cro- nomic h r., 21,

<l1.:tuil ·d di cus ion th th· lr. 1 f utput. mplo~ m ·nt .m<l th pri c I \ l: of th1.: kchniqu ,\ ail hi' f r ·hi \ ing ( n mi t.ibilit of rnt1 al h.mking 111 I anadian fin.in i·it in tituti n • n :i nur t . and of ford •n· · ~han • mark t . LI\ not ht Hnhin d' ith _ I . l're·req111\/te; 1 c ( I 00

In tructor: J. ·. P • 1n<l l

lnrtructor: ( 1 ) r, { \Is) J . l . H • <l

co __ 1 E 'orth American cooomi Hi tor· and D velopment 2L

An c. aminati n of th cv I\ ing patt1:rn of c onomic d vclopm nt in rth m ri a. Comparativ1: tudy f th growth cxpcricnc of th maj r: tors will b und1:rtakcn \\ ith the obj tive f c. plaining

l d and lag in th tors.

Pre-requisite: o 100 Instructor: \ . T. Ea tabr k

ECO 2 OE Quantit ti · f thods in · conomic , 2L, l T

Thi ur.-e co\crs th' u "' of r gri: ion analy i in economic r1: carch.

in the emph i i on the actual us of th technique, problem

will c ntain actual c nomic data. and a hort paper will be end of th our . A knowledge of pr bability and

202 Fi a urned. lay not be combined

with T 232. Pre-requi ile : TA 202EF and ECO 100

Co-requi ite: ECO 200 or P .I.

In tructor: S. A. Rea

Petrology 2L• An introduction to the principles of igneous, sedi nt ry and etamorphic petrology with laboratory work cone n­trating on the use of the petrographic microscope n mineral and rock identification. !.J. Fawcett

ECO 261£

Pre-requi ite: .c:o 100 In tructor: . W. D nn r

-~-·

89

. o 262E Comparative Economic y t m , 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74) This cour e will critically analyze the meriti. of th capitalist and socialist economic order with re. pcct to re ource allocation and economic efficiency. Pre-requisite: ECO 100 Instructor: TBA

E o 322E History of Economic Thought, 2WMli6illlliliimmb•~i:a-~ After a brief summary account of cholastic and mcrcantili t economics, the lectures will trace in om detail the development of analytical economics from the cightc nth century with pccial empha i upon the work of the Phy iocrats; Adam mi th: the Briti h Clas ical School (particularly T. R. Malthus. David Ricard . and J. S . fill : the "marginali t " (particularly W. S. Jcvon • C. tenger and L. Wair as) and Marx. Later development v. ill e. amincd if time permit . A number of meth do logical i u an: rai 1.:d. particular!, the relation hip between economic events and c n mic theory. and the question of "bia " in economic . Pre-requisites: ECO 200 and ECO 202 Instructor: TBA

ECO 324E Economic Development, 2L ( ot off ·r1.:d in 19 3-7 4

F.CO 325S

H "O 3261·

Empha i i on the conomic condition of I -in om' countri nd the pro p ct of thdr economic tran formation . Fr·qu nt rdcren1.: will b made to ·p cific i ·u1.: affecting th nati n f fri . nd

Latin America. Pre-requisites: E o _o and _Q_E or P.t.

Instructor: M . J . Hare

I cro, 2L

. f'u "

1.:con )Jl1il:' ·!far m clwni. min r• >nh)tin lit.

ntm. orP.I .

n-m 1 in

Pre-rt q11Mt1 : 1 o 2< ) .md t r I 4 (or llli'. I nt tr P.I .

Jmtruct11r : I. . h1

90

ECO 32 International conomic and Poli , 2L An anal · i of th natur , effect and policy implication of

intc.:rnational trad and financ~. Th th rie f c mparativc c ts and re ipr al demand; factor reward equalization; balance of

paymen and f reign change ; international tariff ·liquidity;

c tom union ; and r I \'ant topic related to current pr blcm in

international economic affai . Pre-requi ite : ECO 200 and 202E or P .1.

Instructor: J. . Hyn

ECO 336E Canadian Public Finan , 2L Th con truction of an economic theory of government to explain

th determination of the budget and to provide an economic rationale

for government intervention; an analy · i of changing pattern of

xpcnditurc and revenue of federal and provincial government ; the

d v lopment of criteria for th evaluation of expenditure programme

and the tax tructure: the problem and techniques of fi cal

stabilization. Pre-requisites: ECO 200 and ECO 202E or P .l.

Instructor: A. W. Donner

ECO 350E pplied, licroeconomic Theor., 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74) Thi cour will pre cnt a wide vari ty of applications of basic

micro-economic th ory to problem of con crvation, public good ,

monopoly and indu trial organi1..ation.

Pre-requisite : ECO 200 or P .I.

ln~ructor: J. E. Floyd

ECO 351 EF Monetary Economi , 2L Detailed examination of monetary economic with empha is on p licy

implication . Topics include: the Monetari t and eo-Keyne ian view of the transmission mechani m; target and indicat r of

monetary policy; foreign-exchange con idcrations, and rule vcr ·u

discretion in monetary policy. Pre-requi ite: ECO 202E or P.I.

Instructor: J.E. Pcsando

ECO 352E S Industrial Organization, 2L

Thi cour examine the allocative implication of market failure and

the nature of oligopoli tic and imperfectly comp titivc market .

Som cmphasi will be placed on th anadian anti-combine policy

and the indu trial implication of anadian tariff policy. Pre-requi ite: ECO 200 or P .I.

In tructor: M. A. Fu

91

c o 360E Economic Transformation and Technological Chan e, 2L An analy i of secular growth patterns in the industrial countrie with empha is on technological change and productivity increases. Pre-requisites: ECO 200 and 202E or P.I.

Instructor: M. J. Hare

E o 361 EF Labour Economic and Labour Relation , 2L Thi cour c examines the tructure and government of trade union and the collective bargaining proce in Canada. May not be combined with ECO 244 (Industrial Relation ) . Pre-requisite: ECO 200 or P.1.

Instructor: A. Kruger

ECO 362Es Economic of the Labour Mar et 2L

ECO 364EF

3 Sr.s

r rn 36 1.

Thi course review labour market behaviour and wag determination. The determinants of the upply and demand for labour and pattern of uncmploym nt arc analyz din detail. R lation hips bdw 1.:n labour market condition and the ize of wage barg in are tudi d, and propo ed government policic to control th rate of a increase arc examined. Pre-requisite: ECO 200 or P.l.

Instructor: S. A. Rea

.. . R.-1, 2L (. 'ot offer din I 7 - 4)

Pre-requi ·ite. : In. tru tor: TR·

n vcrall c nomic gro" th. a • tudi s to be drawn primarily from pcri nc f European and Ea t and uthca t ian countric . Pre-requi ite: ECO 20 or P.I.

111 tru tor: . f. Eddie

co 36 E lntroducti n to conometri , 2L, IT ( t off1: r din 1973-74) A first c ur in conomctri • cmpha 1zin the u f r'grc i n analy i in e onomic re arch. varlet of current policy i. . ucs will be u d to illu trate the applic ti n, problem . and limitation of e onom tric method . tudent will b required to write a major c ay, in \\hich the •will .:mplO) th1: r grc ion technique developed in th course. Pre-requi ite : ECO 200. ECO 202. ECO 230E or TA 232 lrutructor: J.E. Pe ando

ECO 36 EF onomi 0 Po ert •• 2L Economic influ1:nce n thee. ll.:nt of inequality and po erty in Canada\ ill be examin d. Th e will include aggregate income level , un mploymen , inflation. regional development, education, low wage employm nt, and discrimination. Canadian policie that affect the incidence of pm rty arc evaluated and propo ed programme .are critically analyzed. Co-requi ites: ECO 200 and ECO 202 or P.I.

Instructor: S. A. Rea

ECO 400E Readfo~ Coor e for pc iar Admittance only y permi ion of th faculty in Economic .

ENGLISH

Faculty Advi r: Profe or R. Van Fo n

The tudy of Engli h engag the mind, imagination and n ibility of the tud nt in the literature of th ~ngli h- peaking world, and in related litcratur s, both classical and modern. ·ngJi h literature, from it bcginnin (about th eventh century) to the pre nt, i a continuou tradition that r fl ct th vitality of an entire ci iliz.ation-H political ocial, r ligiou , cicntific, and cultural life-and, in addition, present a permanent record of the way in which the human mind and imaginati n haver pond d to recurrent prob! m and ituation . ~ a h age give ri to i own peculiar problem and the litcratur of th pa t nd of our own day can cast light upon th pre ent and ind d upon the future. Literary tudie can provid u with a full r nowlcd of our Iv and our world and with d per in ight into th nature of human expcri nee.

93

More particularly the undergraduate study of English in thi University prepare the student for more advanced work in the discipline. Appropriate standing qualifie the student for graduate tudy in accredited univer itie of this country, of the United State and of the United Kingdom. It prepare studen for a Type A certification, work in journali m, in the publi hing field, and for position in bu ines and in variou departments of government.

Intending Specialists hould con ult the di cipline rcpre ntative or the Brochure of the combined Departments of English. Note: First-year student arc trongly ad vi ed to regi ter for no more than two

courses in English.

Courses open to fir t- and econd-year tudents and to uden in h' er ears who have bad no more than one previou cour e in En lish.

ENG 108

ENG 112

P. G 120

IN, I 0

Form of 20th Century Literature, 3L At least twelve and no more than fifkcn wor · by t entieth centlll) author , including work by at lea t three nO\eli t thre poets and three dramati t . These shall include work by at I t ix of the following author : Conrad, Faulkner, Joye La r nee,~ oolf; Aud n, Eliot, Frost, Stevt:n , Yeat.; Albee, B~ckctt, O':. 'eill, Pint r, Shaw. Instructor: Staff Instructor: (WE. ) TB

Major Briti h Writers, 3t Selection from: Chaue r, pen. er, Shake pear ' n n-dramatie poetry.

Instructor:

pai xi nd nrc , ·h n s < f 1 til th I f< rm and th m .

r

94

E.G 150

E,·G 1 -

ENG 165

Am rican Literature, 3L n introductory urv •of maj r work in mcrican literature. At

l rut l\\dv work t be. I ct d, including at ka.t ix' ritt n before 1900. Th follm ing will b tudi d earl ·in th cour : Moby Dick, Huckleberry Finn. The carlet Letter,~ hitman, cl cll:d poem . Instructor: Staff

Canadian Literature in nglish 3L n introduct ry urve •of poetry. pr e, and drama, including work

b ' uch authors as th following: Moodi . Lampman Haliburton, Grove, Lea oc . Pratt. Birney. Callaghan, MacLcnnan, Lowry, Laurene • Richler. Reaney. Cohen, Atwood. Recommend dreading: The Book of Canadian Prose (ed. Smith); Canadian Anthology (ed. Klinck & Watters, 2nd di ti on). In tructor: Staff Instructor: (wE ) M. J. Levene

English Literature: Fonns and pproaches 3L Focu on particular works as repre entative of various kinds of literature (e.g., drama, poetry. novel) as well as critical approaches that ha e been developed for gaining a fuller understanding of literary work (e.g .. tructural analy i , tudy of imagery, psychoanalytic analy i ). Tex : Shake pcarc,Hamlet:Congreve, The Way of the World; election from the poetry of Marvell; elections from the poetry of Hopkin ;More, Utopia or Browne, Religio Medici; Emily Bronte, Wuthering Heights: Faulkner, The Sound and the Fury. Four more work which will extend the range of forms and make pos ible additional approach Instructor: Staff

Coones open to econd- and higher )ear tudents and to first-)ear student who are taking at least one 100- rie cour. e in ngli h.

E G 204 Medieval Uterature to 1500, 3L

A tudy of the major work of medieval lil rature. Boethiu , Consolation of PhUowphy ; Beowulf; Dante, Inferno; Sir Gawain and the Green Knight; selections from hauccr. At I a t five of the following: Chanson de Roland; hreticn de Troyc ; M aric de •ranee; Gottfried von Stra burg; Roman de la Ro1e; Nejal's Saga; Pearl; Piu Plowman; Malory: l~veryman. Other t xt to b elc t d.

haucer and lat r Engli h work will be r ad in th original. Instructor: TBA

95

ENO 206

ENG 207

ENO 212

ENO 21

I.NG 256

English Literature: More to Milton, 3t Poetry: Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, D nne, lccted poems; Spenser, The Faerie Queene, selection . At least three of Jon on, Herrick, Herbert, Marvell, Vaughan, s lectcd poems and Milton, selected minor poetry; Milton, Paradise Lost, election . Drama: Three non-Shakespearean plays. Shake peare, two plays. Prose: Two or more of More, Utopia, Erasmus, Praise of Folie, Machiavelli, The Prince, Castiglione, The Courtier (trans. Hoby), Montaigne, Essayes (trans. Florio), Sidney, An Apology for Poetry. At least two of Bacon, Donne, Milton, Browne, elected pro . Additional reading may be selected. Instructor: Staff

ineteenth-Century Engli b Literature, 3L Selected wor of twelve writers illu trating the natur and range of Engli h poetry, fiction, and pro e in the nin t nth century. At least four authors will be cho en from Scott. Jane u ten, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats; and at least four from Carlyle,

ewman, Mill, Tenny on, Thackeray, Dicken • G orge Eliot. Rus ·in Arnold, Meredith, and Hardy. ot more than thr1.:e novel will be r ad. Instructor: T. H. Adamow ki

bake peare, 3L Special tudy of Romeo and Juliet, A Midmmm r 1i ht' Dream. Richard II, Henry IV, Part I and II, Twelfth 'iRht, \.fe ure for Mea 11re, Hamlet, Antony and Cleopatra. The Tempe t. ddition or sub titution may be made by the in tru tor. Duplic ti on \\ith Engli h 332 will b • void1.:d. Instructor: taff In tructor: ( o ) V. . De Lu a

anadian Fiction, 3 L

96

Richter. Fr nch Canadian fiction in tran lation ma b included.

Pre-requi ire: On previou cour 'in Engli h IT tructor: 1. J. ven

ours op n to econd- and higher-~ ar fud nts

E "G 302

E."G 3

E."G 306

'G 30

n · h Poetry and Pro e, 1500-1600, 3L ( ot off r din 1973-74) Poetr : I tion from th 'try of yatt and Surrey, idnc , farl we. hake pcar1.:, pen ~r (including The Faerie Queene,

Boo - I, at k t two oth 'r book • and the Mutabilitie Canto ) and D nn . 0th r poet may be added. Pro : More, Utopia; Sidney, Defence of Poesy. Jection from at le t two of the following writer : Elyot. A cham. Hakluyt, Hook r, Lyly, Sidney (Arcadia), a he and Delon y. dditional reading from the follO\ ing: Erasrnu Praise of Foll·; C tiglione. The ourtier; Machia elli, The Prince; Ario to, Orlando Furioso. Pre-requisite: one pre\ious cour e in Engli h Instructor: Staff

En · b Poetry and Pro e, 1600-1660, 3L ( ot offered in 1973-74) lccted poetry of Donne, Jon on and their uccessors; Milton.

Pro e by uch writers a Bacon, Browne, Burton, Milton, Trahern Pre-requisite: one previous cour e in English Instructor: Staff

Engr h Poetry Pr e and Drama, 1660-1800, 3L lection from the work of at lea t ten of the following: Addi. on,

Bo well. Bur e, Bums, Butler, Collin , Congreve, Cowper, D foe, Dryden, Gay, Gibbon. Gold mith, Gray, Halifax, Johnson, Pcpy , Pope, Prior, Roche ter, Sheridan, Smart, Steele, Swift, Thomson, Horace alpolc, Wych1.:rley, Young. Pre-requisite: one prcviou cour in ngli h Instructor: B. Corman In tructor: (WES) B. Corman

Romantic Poet and Pro e, 3 L

Bia e, Word worth, oleridge, Byron, h II y, Keat for pccial tudy; bri f I ction from oth r poet of th period uch as rabb , cott, Landor, !arc; Word!>worth, Preface to I.yrical Ballads, Preface to the Edition of 1816; Coleridge, !Jiographia Uteraria; Shelley, Defence of Poetry; Keats, S lcctcd lett r ; sci ct d writings of Lamb and Hazlitt.

Pre-requi ite: one prcviou cou in ~ngli h Instructor: V. A. D Luca

97

ENG 312

ENG 322

ENG 324

ENG 328

ENG 332

I NG 33

Chaucer, 3L

Troilus and Criseyde; selection from the Canterbury Tales; further elections from Chaucer' work.

Pre-requisite: one previou cour e in Engli h Instructor: TBA

Fiction before 1832, 3L

At least twelve wor , including one or more by each of Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Jane Austen and Scott. Pre-requisite: one previous course in Engli h Instructor: TBA

Fiction, 1832-1900, 3L

At least twelve work , including one or more by each of Dickens, Thackeray. Trollope, Emily Bronte, G orge Eliot and Hardy. Pre-requisite: one previou cour e in Engli h Instructor: TBA

Modem ovel, 3t At least fifteen work cho en from the period c. 1900-c. 1945 including one or more by each of the following: Jame . Conrad, Joyce, Lawrence, Faulkner.

Pre-requisite: one previou cour 'in Engli h Instructor: taff

nglish Drama to 16.i2, 3 L ( ot off red in 197 - 4) Example of th miracl play. the morality pla , th Tudor int"rlud early Tudor and Eliz bdhan traged , mcdy nd rom n : farlo two or more play. ; hakcspca : t I a t 'tc;n f th' f II wing: Love's I.aboun l.ost, Richard Ill, .\tu Ii Ado A bout 'othin . A You Like It, 7 roilu and Cre ida. 0th /lo. 1 cb th. Kin L ar,

nd

9

NG 34

E,"G 3 1

E, G 354

E "G 368

E 'G 369

ENG 390

odern Poetry, 3L Hopkin Yeats, Pound, Eliot, t ' n and other poet . Pre-requi ite: on pre iou cours in Engli h In tructor: R. Row r Instructor. ( os) R. Row r

Topi in erican 't ratur • 3L A tudy of on or more pecial topic in American literature, e.g., th matic, tyli tic, or th oretical approach ; g nre tudie ; detail d tudie of particular period of lit racy movement ; the r lationship

betw n Am rican writing and American ocial and intellectual hi tory. Instructor: T. H. Adamo ki Instructor: (WES) T. H. Adamo ki

dian Poetry, 3L ( ot offered in 1973-74) A minimum of fifteen poe from th nineteenth and twentieth centurie , at least nine of which to be cho n from the following: Crawford, Carman. Lampman, D. C. Scott, Pratt. F. R. Scott, A. J.M. Smith Birney, Klein Live ay, Layton, Avi on, Purdy, Souster, Reaney. French Canadian poetry in translation may be included. Pre-requi ite: one previous course in Engli h Instructor : Staff

ictorian Pro , 3L ( 'ot offered in 1973-74) Selected wor of at least e\cn of th following: Arnold, Bagehot, Borrow, Butl r, Carl)'le, •I· ridge, Darwin, Go , J. R. Green, Huxley, M caulay. J. S. Mill, Morley, Morri , ewman, Pater, Ru kin, Wilde. Pre-requi ite: one previou cour in ~ngli h Instructor: Staff

minar in riting, 3L ( ot offered in 1973-74) Restricted to tudcnts who, in th opinion of the Department of English, how special aptitude for writing. Admi ion at th di crction of the In tructor.

Pre-requirite: one previou course in .ngli h Instructor: Staff

lndh•idual di Instructor: St~ff

open to third- and high r- ear tud nt

E 'G 466 ompreh n ive xaminati n For de ription con ult D partm ntal brochure.

99

Pre-requisite: Normally three previous course in English with at least "B" standing in each course

ENG 467 Seminar in Uterary Theory and Practice, 3L

For description con ult Departmental brochure. Pre-requisite: Normally three previous courses in English with at least "B" standing in each course Instructor: R.R. McLeod

ENG 469 Senior Essay A scholarly project, chosen by the student, approved by the college department, and supervised by one of its instructors. Pre-requisite: Open to fourth-year students only, who have at least "B" standing or better in at least three courses in Engli h Instructor: Staff

ENG 480E Shakespeare' Stage, 3L

A study of the working performance conditions under which the play of Shakespeare and hi contemporarie were produced. The course will include the study of the various forms of Elizabethan and Jacobean theatre, Elizabethan acting tyle, taging conventions, dramatic companie , and popular and court audiences. Several dramatic text will be tudicd a theatrical rather than literary documents, and ome practical work will be undertaken. Instructor: J. A tington

FINE ART

Faculty Advi er: Dr. L. Eleen

JOO

FAR 101

FAR 102

FAR 2()()

FA 201

FAR 145 A 146

ncient rt, 2L. 1 T A urvey f th art of Gr1: e and Rome. Empha, is i placed upon th importance of architecture and the art as chara teri tic xpre ion of th ir g ; thi cone pt i illu_ tratc.::d by d tailed tudy of the out tanding monum nt . Instructor: T. G. Elliott

ledi \'al rt. 2L, 1 T

A electiv uney of the art of Chri tian Europe. The study of Early Chri ti an and Early and Late 1 fedieval monuments will be combined

ith a more g neral introduction to the language of visual exprc sion and i int rpretation. Instructor: TBA

opean rt fr 14 0 t 1750 2L, IT A I ti e urveyof R nai an , fann ri t, Baroque and Rococo

Art in orth m and uthern Eur pc. Th tyle and ubject matter of archit cture, sculpture and painting ill be tudi din relation to th cultural and intellectual environm n in which they d vclopcd. Instructor: L. Eleen lnstmctor: {WES) L. leen

.urop an rt from 1750to194 , 3L A urve of modem art from the b ginnin of c.o· la ici m to World War IT, in archi cturc, culpture and painting. Pre-requisite: ·AR 200 Instructor: BA

COURSES AT Slll:RIDAN OU.EGE

RSI Yf~AR - each cour count for on -half credit

•/S Dra~ing and P intin J• J• / S ign J•

101

FAR 147E FAR 148E

AR 243E FAR 244E FAR 245E FAR 246E

Any two of FAR 346E FAR 347E FAR 348E

FI Photography• FI S Animation•

SECOND YEAR - each course counts for on -half credit

FI S Film Media FI S Printmaking FI S Drawing and Painting D FI S Design II

THIRD YEAR - each cour e counts for one-half credit

FI S Ceramics FI S Furniture FIS Fabric

FAR 349E FI S Metal and Jewelry •Al o offered Summer Day Se ion. Con ult Extension Office.

FRENCH

Faculty Adviser: Professor H. H . Weinberg

r

to car rs in th civil r\'i nd I achin , as w II

d n i . tr n. l:lli n ,mJ int rpr t ti n.

160

POL 323

POL 327

POL 328

POL 329

POL 340

for political thought in the twcnti th c ntury. Both democratic and anti-d mocratic t nd nci ar on idcred . A . Kontos

Topi in Canadian Politi 2L workshop or minar m eting weekly in two-hour e ions.

tud nt will b re p n iblc for c mpleting one major re earch or readin proje t or ltemativ I two term proje t in areas of their own choo ing in Canadian politic . ion will b d voted to reviewing and analyzing material relat d to cours topic and to r port on work in progre or completed. F. W. Peers

omparative Foreign Polle , 2L

An examination on a comparative basi of the foreign policie of the United State the Soviet Union Great Britain, France, Germany, and India. R. Gregor

International Organi:zation, 2L ( ot offered in 1974-75) International organization and international law (the UN and League system , etc.) as instruments for conflict re olution in the international state system. I. Barros

!\farxi m-Leninism,2L

A urvey of Marxist political thought dealing with the works of Marx; the German Social Democrats; Lenin, Trotsky and the Ru sian revolution; Maoism, and the problem of modem Communi m. R.B. Day Pre-requisite: P.l.

ndergraduate The ·

An independent rei.carch cour e to be undertaken by tudcnt pecializing in Political Science.

Pre-requisite; P .I.

PSYCHOLOGY

Faculty Advi or : F. I. M. Craik and P. L. Plin r

Psychology i the i nee which examin th tructure and organizati n of behaviour in animal and man. It i concerned with the means by which b haviour i acquired and explore the mcchani m of adaptation to th ocial and phy. ical environment. Emphasi · directed toward cognitive, o i I, phy i J ic I, encti , and other factor which determin or aff ct b h viour. Am n th t pi ov n:d by psychology cour arc developmental chang in b havi ur, I min , th

161

, nursing,

ur

104

FRE 330

FRE 332

PRE 352

FRE 354

P E 362

3

The Literature of French anad to 1959, 1 L. 1 T ( t offered in

1973-74) A tudy f el ct d novel , drama and poetry. The texts will be tudi d from th hi. torical, iol gical and ae thctic point of icw.

Pre-requisite: FRE 120 Instructor: . Cloutier-Woj icch ·a

The Lit ratur of French Canada from 19 0 to the pr ent (offered

Tu da · 4:00-6:00 p.m.) A tudy f el cted no\'cl , drama and poetr '.

Pre-requi ite: FRE 120 Instructor: C. Cloutier-Wojciechow ka

French Drama from 1600 to 1800, l L, IT ( ot offered in 1973-74)

The com dies and trag die of I 7th-centur_ France rank am ng the fine t works of cla ical literature. The theatre of the 1 th century i important in that it reflect a growing di enchantment with clas ical dramaturgy and the hift to reali m that characterize modern drama. Specific plays by Corneille, Moliere, Racine, Le age, Voltaire,

Marivaux, Sedaine and Beaumarchais.

Pre-requisite: FRE 120 Instructor: D. A. Trott

Fr nch Drama from 1800to 1950 lL, lT A tudy of modern drama from th Romantic to the Exi tcntiali t .

This cour will attempt to trace the evolution of the French tage through a detailed study of pla) by Hugo, Mu set, Ro tand, Feydeau, Jarry, Oaudel, Ghclderode, Cocteau, Giraudoux, Anouilh, Sartre,

Camu, etc. Pre-requisfre: FRE 120 /nsrructor: TBA

P Ficti n from 160 to 1 , 1 L, 1 T ( ot offered in 1973- 74) tudy of th evolution, in th 17th and I th centuri , of th novel

a literary form and a a ocial ph nomenon u ing m of the m t repre ntative wor of th period. Tnclud novel by m d ·ayette, Prev t, oltaire, Did rot and Rou Pre-requi ite: E 12 I ru tor: P. R.

in

105

FRE 366

FRE 368

FRE 371

l'R 372

l R: 7

which such major writers as Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert Maupassant and Zola developed the technique of the novel while exploring such varied themes as ambition, alienation and clas truggle. Pre-requisite: FRE 120

Instructor: H. H. Weinberg

Pro e Fiction from 1900 to 1950, 1 L, 1 T ( ot offered in 1973-74) Includes the tudy of the works of Proust, Gide, Malraux and Sartre. Attention is focu ed on the way in which 20th-century writers have experimented with the forms of the novel while exploring the intellectual and p ychological conflicts of this century. Pre-requisite: FRE 120 Instructor: H. H. Weinberg

Contemporary French Literature, 1 L, 1 T ( ot offered in 1973-7 4) A study of the novel and theatre ince circa 1950 with pecial reference to "le nouveau roman" and "l'anti-theatre". Thi course will include works by Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute. B ckett Ione co, Genet, and additional reading fr m oth r authors.

Pre-requisite: Any French cour e numbered 271 or high r Instructor: C. Cloutier-Wojciechow ka

Language Practice, 3T, 1 P

A continuation of FRE 271. Furthc.:r w rk in writt n and poken French, with attention to both literllr) and informal u age. Labor tory

work i included in th cour . R commend d pr par tion for speciali t examination in Fren h. Pre-requisite: FRE 271 Instructor: tafI

Tb tru tur of M d m Ad

r

lnstru tor:

.en ral Hi tor of th l 73-74)

I 6

FRE 374

FRE 390/ 391 392F/ 392 392Y

FRE 471

Th principal a pc t f th languagl: f orthern Gaul fr m carli t modern tim . A g ncral vie\ of ph nctic morph 1 gical,

nta tical and emantic evolution; r-gi nal, dialectal and ocial variation ; attitud of m n of I tters (writer , grammarian • h lar ) ;

political and ocial hi tor Pre-requisite: FRE J 20 lnstmctor: A. L. Stein

Introduction to the tylistic of French 1 L 1 T

The tud of tyli tic aspec of contemporary poken and written

French. Pre-requisite: FRE 120 Instructor: H. H . Weinberg

Independent Stud Individual work with a member of taff on a literary or linguistic topic of common intere t. Intended to accommodate students who already possess the background nece ary to embark on a more intensive tuciy of a specific area. Pre-requisite: Any French cour e numbered 271 or higher Instructor: Staff

dvanced \ ritten and Oral E pre sion, 1 L, 1 T

The writing of French, including various type. of compo ition and text analy es; oral debate. Thi course i specifically de igned to further the tudent' proficiency in both written and poken French and to perfect hi tylc. Pre-requisite: FRE 371 Instructor: M. Ducretet

GEOGRAPHY

Faculty Ad i er : Profe sorW. Harri on, Profe r H.F. Andr w

Geography deal with the urface of the earth and with the plants, animal , and people that dwell upon it. It basic objective i to describe and explain the reciprocal relations of man and hi environm nt. G ography thus u c principle and mcth d common to the phy ical, ocial, and life sci nee .

It· recognized that many ~tudcnt may com to Erindal with littl knowl dgc of geography, while other will enter with a lively curio ity air ady harpcncd and

107

focu ed by an excellent high school experience. A number of Geography courses are freely open to all students but for those who intend to pecialize in Geography several integrated programme arc offered, including General Geography, Canadian Studic , Urban Studies, and Environmental Geography.

Intending pecialists in any programme in Geography must obtain tanding in at least nine GGR course I including GGR 202EF I GGR 271 E, CGR 301 EF' GGR 381 E ' and either GGR 4 71Eor491 E. Those specializing in Environmental Geography must choo e GGR 471E and also obtain standing in GGR 373E. Specializing students arc advised to elect at least two GGR courses in each term or to follow one of the streams suggested below. Members of the staff in Geography will advise tudents concerning specialization and the cour es which are most appropriate to their pecific intere ts. The following courses in Geography may be included in a B.sc programme:

JGGR202EF, GGR213E,271E, 301EF, 311E, 318E, 373E, 375E, 377EF, 378ES, 381E, 471E, 481EF, 491E.

Suggested Streams in Geography

The Programme in Arts and Science offer a great number of course for tudent selection. Faced with such a variety, many tudent have difficulty in lecting an appropriate sequence. To as i tin making choice th following programmes are suggested for consideration. In addition it may be pos ible for individual programmes to be designed in consultation with the tafi in Geography.

General Geography: Student hould take th core c u Ii ted a · plus other course selected in con ultation with tafi: GGR 2 l 3E, GGR 241 E, GGR 253E, GGR 351£, and GGR 363E ar amongst tho e ugg t d.

Environmental Geography: Yearl GGR 171£, GGR 213E, BIO 110£, plus PHY 1 lOor T 110 EF ( r

11 OE ) and l r 1 ' opti n . y ar 11 GGR 202EF' GGR 271 E, G R 241 E, BIO _3 plu l , pti n from

CHM120E,PHY11' 1 t_ F( rL E ). TllOEF( r110£ ), and o 2 0

Y ar III ,G R 75E,GG 377E ,GGR 9E.

Y arJV R471 ,G R 3 0 r Bl 3 -E r

n.

Urban 111dies: Year I ,R 171 R2 I .. plu pti n whi h might in 'lud

POL 1 l 01.

10

n

HI

I\

I

Years II and III

t ies: GGR I ilE GG - IE, plu _ POL I 00. or oc 101.

YearlV GGR

GG 346E , GGR 3 IE

or oc32

Al T -41 . ECO 100, HI 205E,

IE.GGR3 1EF.GGR315E,GGR333 •

~ other GGR c ur e ,

r thers.

3:1t options.

'.B. 'in GGR cour atU~ th r quir m n for a current T_'pe A Certificate of Edu a ·on pro' "d d a further cou are tak n in related fields.

GGR I 1 E Ian-Environment Interactions, 2L. IT

tim p , the activitie of man are altering the natural nvironment e\cr more ·gnificantl). imilarly. th degr dcd

emironm nt affec the qu lity oflife for all mankind. Th cour e co id rs h patial or~ anization of man· ti itie in pur uit of oci al andeconomi go I andexamin th imp tofman· t1VJt1 on

the atm ph re, h)dr p r • lith ph re. and bio ph re. ial re po o altered en ironm n ar c nsid red throughout. ln.srructors: T. F. fcTiwraith and . Harri on

GGR 202EF 2L, 2T

GGR 213E (1

am as STA 202E )

The purpose of thi cour i to acquaint beginning tud nt in G ography with th fundam ntal o tati tic . h cour di cu tatistical procedure for describing Jar quantiti of data and for

making inference about populati non the ba i of am pl . ('I utori

for GGR 202 will emph iz probh.:m peculiar tog ographi al data.) Co-requisites: GGR 2 71 E

Instructor : D. Andre and . Hou t n

Climatolo~ , 2L, 2P

Bri f review f m t rol ical proc ; world di tributi n of tern rature, wind, and rainfall; th n rnl circul tinn of th

109

GGR 231E

GGR 241E

(1)

GGR 253E

GGR 25 ES

(, 11{ 27 t .

atmosphere and its variations ; climates of the earth. (Fir t year tudent only may not combine with GGR 241 E.)

Instructor : P . Duckworth

Instructor : {WES) P. Duckworth

Introduction to patiaJ AnaJy · ·, 2L, 2P

Studies of the location and distribution of man's activities in space:

model of human re pon e to the natural and ocial environment in

structuring pattern of agricultural, manufacturing, ervice, trade, transportation, and urban sy terns.

Pre-requisites: GGR 171 E or equivalent or 241 E/ P.1 .

Instructor: H. F. Andrew

Urban Canada, 2L, 2P

An introduction to urban tudie through an examination of the

development and character of th urban fabric and urban life in

Canada. First year tudent only may not combin ith GGR 213E. Instructor: G. Gad

Cultural Geograph), 2L, 1 T

A review of the man/ environment rdati n hip in \\hi h th importan e of cultural difference i empha izcd cial att ntion will given

to the way in which non-we ·krn nd prc-indu tri Ii peopl h \t:

u ed and modifkd thdr cnvironm~n

Instructor : . R. Byrnt:

lnstruccor: ( ) . R. Byrn·

Persp cti on urr nt Popul tion I u • 2t, 2

I Ut: in curr •nt di cu i n of th "popul ti n prob I min d

in light of hi torical "riting . ptimum popul ti n, pul ti n iz

and p liti 'll tr n th, th1.: tn dition f P' imi min pul ti nth r , and M r. i. t p . it ion .

!Imm tor: . Hou ton

M thod of rnvironm nt I n I. i , 2L. P

H Id an<l Jaboratl • n11.:thl J .ind in. trum nt ·

110

c mbinedwithGGR203EorGGR205Ein l971-72 Cal ndar. ) Pre-requi ites: GGR 171E or P.I. Co-requi ite : GGR 202EF

In tructors: J. C. Munday and taff

GGR 301EF Fi Id tudj 3P

Direct out-of-doors inve tigation of phy ical and ocio-economic ph nomena; fi ld ob rvation and ample collected during a week-long field camp in September are analy ed and reports ubmitted. Co ti about ixty dollars per student which covers tran portation and accommodation.

Pre-requisites: GGR 203E / GGR 205E ( 1971-72) or GGR 271 E or P.I. Instructor: Staff

GGR 311 E Co ervation trategi ' 2L, 2P

U e, depletion and waste of re ource primarily energy. Alternative strategies for re ource husbandry and pollution control. Pre-requisites: GGR 271E or P.I.

Co-requisites: An introductory cour e in Chemistry, Phy ic , Earth Science , or Biology recommended Instructor: J. C. Munday Instructor: ( os) J.C. Munday

GGR 318E fan and eg tation Chang , 2L, 1 T { J?~r ,;;u,.J 1 f13 If A review of the relationship between plants, animal and their changing environments. Special attention will be given to an evaluation

of the ignificancc of man's role as an agent of vegetation chang1.:. Pre-requisites: GGR 171 E or BIO l 00 or n10 11 OE or P.I. In tructor: A. R. Byrne

GGR 333E ran portation Geograpb , 2L, 2T

Principle of tran port and land use; characteristic. of trans rtati n network and movement ; transportation and econ mic d vclopmcnt,

past and pre ent; geographical a peels of contemporary tran portation problem . Pre-requisites '. GG 231 or P .I.

Jn tructor: T. . Mcllwraith

GGR 340E ncept, M tbod\ and Valu in rban . tudi "' IL, 3r (S me as SOC 340E)

A cour e de. igned for tud nt cone ntrating in urban tudic irr pcctive of major disciplinary· r a. It provide a survey of a varil:ty

111

of types of urban tudy from the ocial science per pective. The major emphasi i on linkage between the way in which urban phenomena and processe are conceptualized, the methods employed to study them and the often implicit y tem of value in which such investigations are framed. Urban re earcher , both academic and applied, will be invited to d' cu their research in the context of these i sues. Pre-requisites: ( 1 ) GGR 241 E/ oc 205 / p .I.

(2) GGR 271 E & GGR 202EF/ OC 201 1 P.I.

Co-requisites: At least one other urban course, e.g .. GGR 341EF, 345E , 333E , 379EF, 346E , oc 328E 'etc. or P.l.

Exclusion: soc 340E Instructors: H. ndrcw , G. Gad, H. Bre lau r

GGR 341EF Image oftheCity,2L, 1T ( rot offered in 1973-74)

GGR 345E.

1GR 46E

C. 1R S l

Examine chang1: and variations in th city image. Po ible th m to be con idered include: the child' and ad I c nt' vi \\ of th cit manipulation of the urban im ge through architectun: and cit} planning; urban utopias and the city in the imag ~of m n; the pirit of the city in the wor - of ninctc1:nth and t\\ nti th ntury writer . Pre-requi ites: GGR _41 E oc 205 P .I.

Instructor : H. F. ndn.:w

Pro • IL. 2P

nnin"

t m 'ort m ri

. + 1 and pm nt ind han n r h

112

Bay we t through the Gr at Lak area to th edge of th gra lands, from th tim of fir t Eur pean contact; evaluation of the land by

u ive g n ration of b crver nd user L of central intcre t in thi cour .

Pre-requisites: Any two full GGR cour e or P .1. A Canadian or American Hi tory c ur would b de irabl . Instructor: T. F. Mcil\\Taith

Imtructor : (\ E ) T F. Mcllwraith

GGR 361 E Canada, Contemporary Regional tu die (;hf', / ~;e-e./ If l3-7v) A tudy of the patial relation and di tribution pa t'ln:·of the phy ical f ature re ources, population, and economic development. Pre-requisite: An introductory geography cour e Instructor: ( E ) D. F. Putnam

GGR 363E Geography of the Soviet nion, 2L, 1 T

OGa 371E

GGR 373.E

A survey of the geography of the Soviet nion through an

examination of topic ranging from the territorial expansion of the Rus ian state to contemperarv issnec; in"'"'"";" .. "",.:i ,in .. nl~-- ~- ·

Arctic America - Environment an~ Resou:ces 2L, 2T A study of the physical milieu into which man is

d·n in the Canadian Arctic and neighbouring :~:~;i ~iscussion of selected implications of develop­ment and exploitation.

ing of Environment, 2L, 2P Principle , in trument and method of remote data collection and

anal i . Cameras, infrared scanner , microwave radiometer , radar, and other similar instrument u ed on aircraft and atellite .

Applications to ocial and physical geography, geology, fon: try, agriculture, oceanography, hydrology, and meteorology. (May not be combined with GGR 205e in 1971-72 alendar.)

Pre-requisites: PHY 110 recommend d, GGR 271 E, or P.1.

Instructor : J C. \1unday

GGR 375E Land- e H. droloj? • 2L 2P

GG 37

Introduction to hydrology. Manag ment f wat r nd wat r hcd u ing the redit Ri er wat r h d an exam pl . Pre-requi ites: GGR 202n / MAT l 35n/ P.1. In tructor: P. D ·orth

113

field data; preparation of trend map . (May not be combined with GGR 21 lE in 1971-72 Cal ndar.) Pre-requisites: GGR 202EF / P.I.

Instructor: W. Harrison

GGR 3 78Es Future Re earcb and Geographic Planning, 2L, 1 T ( 'ot offered in 1973-74) Predicting and planning the future of large d)namic y t m uch a world resource , geographical region , or biological population . cybernetic approach with di cus ion of tability. home tasi , regulatory feedback and control. Pre-requisites: P .r. Instructor: ]. C. Munday

GGR 379EF Man- nvironmeot trategie , 1L,4P

GGR3 IE

An examination of individual and group d1.: i ion-ma ·ing in conflict situation concerning environmental r1.: ourct: . Th course utili

everal gaming models hich att mpt to imulat u h ituation air-pollution control in urban area , water and land r1.: ource u e

in recreation area , ocial and politi al pr 1.: · and urban gro'>' th dynamics.

Pre-requi ite : GGR 271 E; GGR 231 E trongly r omm nd d In tructor: H. F. ndrt:

Pre-re quisit : 1GR .. 71 /111tmctor: H. l·. \mfr

Environm ntal a Studi ·• I L. ::?.

m

ri1.:n in th finition f

114

Pre-requi it es: Six GGR cours plu GGR 3 1 £ . Open to fourth year tudent onJy

Co-requi ite: GGR 4 lEF

Instructors: W. Harri on and Staff

GGR 4 1 EF dunced Reading minar, 2L Topic to d termin d by intcre t. Pre-requi it es: P .l. Open to fourth year tudcnt only Instructor: Staff

GGR 491 E B. ./B.Sc. The is A re earch project, each tudcnt working on a topic of his choice under th individual guidance of a member of the taff. Copie of the the i are to be ubmitted by March l, and the tudent will pre nt it before an examining committee. (May not be combined with GGR 471E.) Pre-requisites: Six GGR cour plu GGR 3 1 E . Open to fourth year students onJy Co-requisite: GGR 481 EF

Instructors: H.F. Andrews and Staff

GEOLOGY AND GEOPHYSICS (See Earth and Planetary Sciences)

GERMAN

Faculty Advi er: Profc or W. Meyer-Erlach

Cour es in German LA . "GUAGE and LITERATURE acquaint the tudcnt with an e ntial part of Western Civili1.ation.

LA 'GUAGE study-now open to bcginners-includ in truction in conver ational and reading kill , phonetics, tran lation, compo ition, and stylistic . Advanced learning aid and m thod inten ify interaction b tween tudent and instructor. The Janguagi.: . tudent will find hi effort reward d wh n dealing with relevant oci -economic, scientific, political, and cultural i u in hi cho n field . A carefully de igned sequ ntial programmi.: will enable the ambitious student to att in high level of competence in the language. A working knowledge of Germani an a. set in virtually any other field of tudi , pccially later at the graduate lev I.

The scope, depth and variety of German UTl.RA Rl! has alway captivated the attention of pundit and n ophyte alik . Significant writer nd developments of the la t two centurie ar mph a iz d . Author uch as Lessing, ethc, chilkr. Klei t, ovali , Grillparz r, H inc, Kell r, ictz che, He c, Thomas Mann, Brecht, Boll, and Gras are tudi d.

The riou tud nt i well ad vi ·ed to adopt at least the core cqucncc Gl.R 130, GER 210, GER 220, plu cour from th 300 and 400 group. 1 hus, he may spcciali1c in German at any point of his undergraduate career.

115

Qualified students arc encouraged to inve tigate the benefit of Third Year Studies Elsewhere.

An attractive alternative for tho e who do not wi h to pend a whole year overseas i the FIFTH SUMMER PROGRAMME OF G.A.C.E. (the German Academic Club of Erindale). Working/studying (with scholarship available for meritoriou tudents) and travelling for three months will greatly enhance the tudent ' knowledge of another culture and improve their ability to communicate.

More comprehensive information and advice on coun elling is prm ided in the brochure compiled jointly by tudents and taff of German and a ailable upon reque t.

GER 100

GER 108E

GER 109E

GER 110

c;rn 1.0

Elementary German, 3T, 2P A comprehensive course for those with little or no knowledge of the language who wish to attain a performance Jev I comparable to Grade 13 German in Ontario e ondary chools. To facilitate thi achievement GER 109E hould be taken con urrently. Instructor : TBA

Instructor: ( ES, WE ) TBA

Basic German , 2T, 2P In truction for tudcnts who wi h to acquire ab ic working kno\\ 1 d.., of German or of whom thi i required b their ( ulty or department. Instructor: TB

Computer isled In tru tion in Fundam ntol G rman~vr. ff,,//§ 7: 1 A cour de igned to fa ilitatc the qui ition of.. ·abulary m t fr ·quently u d and of fundam ntal. tru ·tu re . tr ngl) n: omm nd d inc njuncti n with GER 100 but al a\ailabl t an n wi bing to reinforce hi: or h r kno ·I dg \\hil t ·ing first and ond ar

1 ngu gc c ur lnrtructor: TBA

In true/or: ( E , \ 'E ) TB

L ngua~ Practic I, 2T, _p

Int n ivc guidan 'in I arning to

u din th tut rial and pr.l ·tic th tud~ nt t th ·ultural nd ·

/11. rructc>r: In\

nd r · ·h I in th

lod •rn I.it ratur , _1, 11 Tl pi al w )rks in mt dnn

?7 -r 0 -c--/ ~1 ;'1 7-1 rman Lit ratur • \ ith mpha L nth'

116

GER 130

GER 201

GER 205

GER 210

<il,R 220

20th C ntur ·,will be inv tigatcd und r th theme: The author as a

sei mo raph of society. Pre-requi ite: 3 y ar of G rman at a e ndary cho l in th'

Pr inc of Ontario/ P.I. Instructor: TBA

Introdu tion to niversity German, 1 L, 1 T, 1 P

Bnginning wh re Grade ·u/xm left off, thi cour focu e on /anguar: but doe not neglect literature and a the core course in first year it permit continuation of either. The tudenf motivation and performance will b rewarded by rapid progre sand, if proven early, by the po ible combination with mor advanced course , uch as GER 210 and/ or GER 220. A special ection i available to the dedicated evening tudent. Pre-requisite: 3 year of German at a secondary chool in the Province of Ontario P .1.

Instructor: TBA

Instructor: ( E ) TBA, (WE ) TBA

German Literature in English Tran lation, 2L Selected works of modem German Literature in English translation. Instructor : TBA

Ba ic German B, 2T, 1 P

The continuation of GER 105/ t 08E with con idcration for the needs of individual tudcnts and th ir pecial interest . Also suitable for tho. who have taken GL·rman b fore and require a rcfrc her course in thi language. Pre-requisite: GER 105 / P .r. Instructor: TBA

I.anguag Practice II, 2T, 1 p

The intermediate tage of a sequence that begins with , R 1t0. An intcn ivc cour: for tho who arc intcrc tcd in gaining an a tiv command of th language with the aid of r lcvant urc . of information. Pre-requisite: GER l 05/ 1'.I. Instructor: I HA

.nlight nm nt and" tonn and Str ", 21., l 1

The encount r of a static and a dynamic period in 18th cntury German Literatur . A tudy of th work of th· rm an A 11//..flirung

117

and Sturm und Drang culminating in Goethe' Faust (Part One). Pre-requisite: GER 120/ P.I. Co-requisite: GER 130, if taken in First Y car with P .1.

Instructor: TBA

GER 231 E Literature and Language Practice This course include reading in German prose work ; it also emphasizes an active command of the language. Evening only. Pre-requisite: GER 110/ 120/ 130/ P .I. Instructor: (WE ) TBA

GER 310 Language Practice Ill, 2T, 1 P //J() 0 //c: f"/ I J lf 7'1) The advanced cour e in a equ~e e peclru{y de igned for tud nts aiming at a thorough knowledge of tyli tic and for fluency of expre sion in a reali tic tting. Pre-requisite: GER 210/ P .I.

Instructor: TBA

GER 320 "Gei t Der Goetbezeit", 2L, 1 T

G R 321

This cour e is a continuation of GER 2-0. It entail the tudy of wor of the mature Goethe, Schiller and omc of th ir important contemporaric . Th focal point i Faust ll. Pre-requisite: GER 220/ P.I. Co-requi ite: GER 220 if t ·c.:n in econd Year with P.l.

Instructor: TBA

'ineteenth entur. Pr e and Poetry, -L. IT re r ~elC~ If }3 7 ) Pro· and poctr) in G rman Lit r tur fr m lat' Rom. nti i m t

aturali. m with 'mpha i on Reali m. Thi c u indud~ · m j r work. of su h authl rs a. H in', tifkr. t rm. K II r. F ntan~ ... t r

nd R ab . Pre r quisite: GhR 2_0 P.1.

<>-rt q11i\ite: GER 220 if t l 'O IO. ' •11d' ' r ith P.I.

ln\tfllctor: Tll

Romantici m in I.if t no th r 11111 ' a

o-r q11i itc : .1 R

In 1r11 tor: 111

nd IT\ ith P.1.

11

GER 41 OE Languag Practic IV, 2T, 1 p

GER 4.0

GER 421

Th t nninal cour in th undergraduate language equence c nc m d \ ith r finem nt of u age and th theory and practice of

Publi:.i tik . Pre-requi ite: GER 310 Instructor: TBA

In tructor: ( OS) TBA

Pro and Poetry 1885-1945, 2L, IT ( ot offered in 1973- 74)

A con ·ideration of ignificant writers in modern German Literature uch as ietzsche, George. Hofmann thal, Thoma Mann, Rilke,

He • Kafka, Stadler, Heym and Trakl. Pre-requisite: GER 220 / P.I.

Co-requisite: GER 220 if taken in econd Year with P .I. Instructor: TBA

lodem Drama, 2L, lT / /Jc) l'}l/t./u/ ' If?~ lei) An examination of the de~~lopme/t bf this genre in German literature from the early 19th Century until I 956 ; it includes such authors as e troy, Bilchner Gerhart Hauptmann, Wedekind, Kai er, Sternheim, Bl' cht, Max Fri ch and DUrrenmatt. Pre-requisite: GER 220/ P .I.

Co-requisite: GER 220 if taken in Second Year with P .I.

In tructor: TBA

GER 422E Contemporary Literature, 2L, 1 T ( ot offered in 1973-74)

German Literature in the econd half of the 20th Century and its re-integration into Weltliteratur. Included ar uch author as Scgher ,

1 o. ack Boll, Celan, Aichingcr, Borchert, Gras , Martin Wal. er, Hans Magnu Enzensbcrgcr and Kunert. Pre-requisite: GER 220/ P.J.

Co-requisite : GER 220 if taken in Second Year with P.r. Instructor: TBA

GER 429£ Directed Reading and Stud (/JoT" /:t~.r./ / 1J!i 'l~ Thi cour is reserved for tho e who h/v/~;mpletcd, or ar in th~ procc of completing, th rcquirem nt for~ ciali~t ~landing. It will prepar the tud nt for specialization at the graduate h.:vd by deepening hi appreciation of the es ·ntial aspects of crman literature, in th context of cultural, ocio-political, and historical development .

Fourth year srudent only. Pre-requisite; P .1.

f 115truc1or: TBA

119

HISTORY

Faculty Adviser: Professor A. C. Gluck, Jr.

A recent University of Toronto publication tate that, Every subject taught in a university has a social context. Hi tory, in particular, is relernnt to the study of disciplines no matter how specialized. The study of history leadr the student into the records of mankind. This past illuminates, although it may not directly guide, the conditions of the present. To have no interest in history is to have no interest in the present, no reasonable view of the future and no analy is of oneself.

The history programme at Erindale i de igned to give tudent as comprehen ive a view as po sible of the history of the modern world. In addition to general introductions to We tern civilization and the Third \\.'orld there are more pecialized offering in American. Canadian, Latin American, East European. Briti h. and Western European hi tory. There arc al o a limited number of offt:ring in cl ical and early modern European hi tory. Student . therefore, ha\c an opportunity for concentrated work in pccialized area of intere t in tht: conte t of a balanced programme, thereby giving them an opportunity to di. CO\ er that hi tory · not only a dialogue between pa t and pre ent but, a has already bet:n indi ted. a tool for elf-understanding and further intellectual growth.

In addition, a hi tory concentration can provide tudt:nt rith th r qui ite mental di cipline and analytic kill for work in a variet, of cho n ti Id , fr m te bing and the law to a career in the civil rvice or joumali m.

120

HI 100£

HI 101

HJ 200£ (l)

HJ 203E

HI 204E (r)

HI 205E (J)

urop nd th World, 1789-1969, 2L, 1 T

fod rn Europe from the Fr n h Revolution t the 1960' with pc ial mpha i n Europe' relati n \'ith other part f the world.

Political. econ mic, ocial nd cultural a pc t · will be c v red.

Instructor: f. Dafoe

The Emerg n e of the Third World, 2L, IT An inquiry into the compo ition and nature of the c n mically und r-dev loped region of the world, e pecially Latin America Africa, and East A ia; and an inv tigation of the hi torical and contemporar condition that have given ri e to a collectively hared ' third world con ciousne • among the people and nations of

the region . In tructors: R. E. John on, D. L. Raby

The nited tat , 1607-1973 2L, 1 T

An introduction to American History, from the earliest colonial settlements to the pre ent. Political, diplomatic, economic, social, cultural and intellectual developments will be di cus ed. Instructor: W. B. \ bite

Latin m rica-Sorvey (offered Wedne day 7:00-9 :00 p.m.) The hi tory of Latin America: political, ocial, economic and cultural. Special empha i may b gi en to particular countrie . ln.structor: D. L. Raby

Italy-Survey, 2L, IT Ag neral urvey of th hi tory of Jtaly: political, ocial, economic and cultural. lmtructor: . LaVigna

anada 1663-1967, 2L, IT A urv y of thi.: political, social and economic history of anada, topically treated. In tructor: A C. Glui.:k, Jr. lnrtructor: (WLs) D. P. Morton

Rus ia-Surve , 21., IT

The Shape of Mediaeval Society 2L, lT A topical survey of conomic, political, religious nd educational ideas and institu ion of the Middl Ag s. The narrative of politic l events is k pt to minimum, serving only to provide th n c ssary con xt for institutions and id a • F om th lat Roman period to the 15th century.

121

llIS 301 E

HI 302E

HIS 303E

llIS 304E

111 O'iE

Canadian Partie & Politic ince 1867, 2T

An examination of federal and provincial politics with pecial cmphasi on the electoral proce and the developing ociology of the Canadian party sy tern. Instructor: D. P. Morton

Ethnicity in merican History, 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74) The seminar will con idcr the extent to which the United State has been a "melting pot", including migration to and ttlement patterns in America, concepts of nationality and race, and problems of assimilation and acculturation. Black hi tory and Indian-white relations will al o be di cussed, although th focus will be on non-Anglo-Saxon immigrant . Pre-requisite: P.I. (Prefen:ncc will be giv n to third and fourth }Car

student .) Instructor : W. B. White

International Relation 1870-1960, 2T The international relation of the European po\\ r at their zenith and in decline. The economic and ocial framework \\ill be xamin d as well as the political conflict. Pre-requisite: P.I. (Pr fcrence will be given to third nd f urth )~ar tudent .)

Instructor: 1. Dafoe In tructor: (\ 'E ) 1. D f

m rica: fe ico, ub T

f I 10.

m n: ading of lit ratur' n r v luti n r 'th ry. nati n Ii m probl ms fund -rd' clopm nt. Pre-requi ite: P.J. (Pr'ft.:r n rill gh nt third ndfourth r ·tud1.:nt .)

Ill tructor: D. . Rab.

l 15-19~ •• T r ial

. I .1 i •n,1

ith

122

HI 30 E

HI 30 E

HI 30 E

HI 309E

III 3lOE

HI 3J2E

19th entury Britain 2T Th1: maj r th me· of Briti h hi tor) from th late l th Century: the merg nee of indu trial it:t ', th1: fate of, ri t racy, n.:ligion,

cultural and int II tual ehang , fordgn relation • con titutional

d \elopm nt and political hi tory.

Instructor: M. Dafoe In tructor; (v E ) M. Dafoe

anadian ff tor_ from ontemporary I u , 2L ( ot offered in

1973-74) Th . amination of Canadian contemp rary problem in their

hi torical context. Pre-requisite: P.I. (Preference will be given to third and fourth year

tudent . In tructor: D. P. Morton

anadian History: The Canadian- merican Relationship, 2L Lectun.: , recitations, and reading during the fir t term. During the second, students will prepare, pre l:nt, and comment upon paper dealing~ith particular subjects in the Canadian-American relation. hip

from 1783 to th present. Pre-requi ite: P.J. (Preference will be given to third and fourth year

tudents.) In tructor: A. C. Gluek, Jr.

Tb oreign Policy of the nited tatc ( 'ot offered in 1973-74) Pre-requisite: P.I. (Preference will b given to third and fourth year

student .)

The Ru ian Re oluti n, 2T A search for the roots of Revolution, examining the radical movem nt. of the 19th century; changing economic and ocial condition·, and the government's effort to cope with them; work rand pea ant unrest; parti and programme befor and during 1917. Pre-requi5ite: P.I. (Pr fcrence will given to third and fourth year tudent .)

lmtructor: R. E. John on

The Renai" an , 21., J 1

A cultural history of the 15th and I 6th ci.:nturi ta ainst the ocio-economic background. 'J h cour ·will cone ntr·1t upon th

123

JU' 313E

HIS 313

HI 315E

ms 338

HIS 364

l ll'i • 701

development of the Renais ance in Italy and will deal with its manifestations in orthern Europe. Instructor: C. LaVigna

Italy from Unification to Fa c· , 2L ( ~ot offered in 1973-74) A study of the problems urrounding the unification of Italy and the unified state with emphasi upon ocial quc tion . The period CO\ercd will be from approximate! y 1800 to 1945. Instructor: C. LaVigna

Canadfan Labour and the Left (offered Thur day 5: 00-7: 00 p.m.) A study of the growth of the Canadian labour movement ince Confederation and of the related development of Canadian radicali m. Social, economic and regional theme will be incorporated. Pre-requisites: HI 205E or POL 100 Instructor: D. P. Morton

ote: This is OT the same as HI 3 l 3E.

Mexico: Indep ndence to Revolution, 1 10-1960, 2T

A seminar con idering the growth of the Mi..: ic n n tion fr m the struggle for independence to the ··in titutional re'liolution" of today. Pre-requisite: PI.

Instructor : D. L Raby

From Empire to Welf re The major p litical, cc nc mi , and 20th ccntun. cial atti..:nti n will b poli y and th r ation of th Instructor: M. Oaf

20. F. l r ro h rt n

rial lfotor. , ... 1 , t ·

3- 4

124

HI 394E

ethni ra and la s T'lati n • , nd the impa t f urbanization and indu, trialization. Instructor: \ '. B. Whit

T\\ nti thCentur) pan· blli t r).2L( otoff redin 1973-74) am 'PA 393E

In "'' tor: J. \ eb tcr

une) of pani h Hi tory, 1469-1815, 2T ( Tot off red in 1973-74) Same a PA 394E Instructor: J. \ 'cb ter

m 395EF Tb pani b Civil War 2L

HI 401E

HI 4021!

HI 403E

Th rigin andafter-eff ct of th Spani hCivil\ ar(l936-1939). Same as PA 395EF Pre-requi ite: P.I.

Instructor: J. Web ter

Jndep odent Reading

An independent tudy of an area of particular interest to a student or group of tudents carried out under the supervision of a staff mem r. o tudent may ta c more than one Independent Reading course in a ingle )Car. Pre-req11i ice: P.I.

In tructor: Staff

Hi t riograph_ min r 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74 A udy of th hi torian and hi craft: attention will be given to

important hi torian from cla ical time to the pre nt as well a to hi torical ource material and research m thod ·. Pre-requisite.: P .I.

Instructor: Staff

Ind p nd nt eading

An ind pendent tudy of area of particular int re t to tudcnt or group of tud nts, carri d out und r the upcrvi ion of tufT rncmh r.

o tud nt may take mor than one Ind p nd nt Rcadin <.:our c in a ingle year. Pre-requirite: P.1.

lnrtructor: Staff

Note: hi coursed scripti n i id nlical with 111 40 I 1 , b111 its inclu ion will allow tud nt to ta ·c two (2) Jnd p ndcnt R :.idin cour

125

HIS 485

llIS 486

I I 202

The Prob) m of Government in la!· icaJ Greece, 2T A tudy of form and idea<; of ocio-political organization in ancient Greece, cone ntrating on Ath n , from Solon, th found r of her democracy, to Perikle , i - greate t exponent. Instructor: C. I. Reid

The Roman Revolution 2T ( 'ot offered in I 973-74) A tudy of politic and soci ty in ancient Rom durin th period of the breakdown of republican governm nt and the transition to the autocratic ystem of the Principatc. Instructor: R. L. B ck

INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES

Canadian Culture and ,IL IT lP

from

r n

Instructors: tr . H. D \id n n

ITALIAN

·acuity dvi r: G. 1 12 tt

126

Graduat in Italian ar ind mand and ill c ntinu to b~. Knowledge of

anoth r language and cultur i regarded favourably b other di ciplinc and is frcqu ntly requir d for graduate-level tudi . There are career opportunitie in

t a rung, for ign affairs. trad and law. A dhi ion ha b en made in IT 100 and ITA 201 etw1.:en "dialect peakcrs' and

"'non-dialect peakers". Thi ha be n don in ord1.:r to meet the particular nc d of

ea h group. The following cours arc con id ·r ·d "c re c ur " and therefore, nccc ary for

peciali t : ITA 201, JTA 202, ITA 300 and ITA 340Y. The balance of cour cs nece ary for pecialization ma ·be cho. en from available course at Erindale and at St. G1.:org . In ord r to qualif ·for the M.A. programme in Italian at the Univcr ity of Toronto. matriculan will need even cour e in Italian, non-matriculants will need eight. Type A certification in Italian require· a tudent to have nine cour es in Italian or for dual-certification a minimum of six course in four ea of university tudy.

JTA t 00 A) B · nning Italian for Dialect peakers, 3 L, 2P

Grammar, tran lation, oral work, with a view to providing ba ic conversational and writing skill . For dialect speakers. Instructor : P. Marchese

lT A l 00 ( B B ginning Italian for on-dial ct peakers, 3 L, 2P

Grammar, translation oral work, with a view to providing basic conver ational and v. riting kill . For non-dialect speakers. Instructor : P. Marchese

ITA 201 E(A) ontinoing Italian- or Dialect or I ative peakers, 2L, ~T

For dialect or native speaker . A com pr hcnsive review of Italian

grammar ba ed on readings fr m a literary text. Creative writing and conversation are an integral part of thi cour e. Required for pcciali ts.

Pre-requi ites: ITA 1 OOA/Gr. xm 1 A and p .I.

lnrtructor: P. Marche c

JTA 201 (B) ontinuing Italian 2L, *T

!TA 202

D igned for tho who background in Italian i ol ly academic. Required for peciali. t .

Pre·requi ite5: l'IA lOOn/ Jr. XIII and P.1.

lnstrurtor: L. 1. McCormick In tructor: (w. ) L. 1. Mc ormic -

odem ltaU n hort tori nd Pl , 21. 1 he hort tory ("novella"), o vitally important throu •hout It, lian

127

ITA 300E

ITA 31 OE

ITA 311EF

IT 313EF

11' .21

literature, should both interc t and delight. Selection include "novelle" by Verga, Buzzati, Moravia, and other . Al o to be read are plays by authors such as: Giaco a, Pirandello and Betti. Required for pecialists.

Pre-requisites: ITA 100/ Gr. XIII ITA and P.I.

Instructor: L. T. McCormick

ItalianLiterature,2L, lT~c/&J&n~/ /f/3-7</) A survey of Italian Litera~:e from rls'{cginnings to approximately 1600. It erves as an introduction to the poetry and prose and the types and styles of Italian literature. Dante, Petrarch. Boccaccio Machiavelli are ome of the authors to be di cu 1.:d. Required for pecialists.

Pre-requisite: ITA 201 EI P .I.

Instructor: L. T. McCormick

Dante's Inferno and Purgatorio, 2L, IT ~Jo I#,,.,./,, f, Y /J Concentrates on problem of literary tructurc ucli all gory. figur1.:, novel of the self, mythography. etc. within th contc t of th theological debat of th Middle Ag Pre-requi ite: ITA 201 E/ P.T.

Instructor: G. Mazzotta

Pre-requi ite: IT 201 E

Instructor: G. azzott

ut fr m it. own tim .

entury, ... t. 1

ralit nd

12

ub tance. Ario to write of women, knight , arm , I ve and wild adventure and T o d clare hi int nt to treat of a spiritual cau c but bas difficult re training hi n ·uaJ If. Pre-requisite: ITA 201E / P.1. Instructor: L. T. McCormick

ITA 323ES f chia eJliand sti lione,2L, 1T~•/'J'd.ct:'/ /fld 1.J Thi course will concentrate on the ;J;;~cip/o( ~~chia clli and the Cortegiano of C tiglion and place them in their historical and literary c ntext while giving them a clo c analytical reading. Pre-requi ite: ITA 201 E

Instructor: G. Mazzotta

ITA 324EF Leopardi. 2L 1 T

A close reading of Leopardi' /di/Ii within the context of Cla ical and Romantic traditions. Pre-requisite: JTA 20 l E P .I.

Instructor: G. Mazzotta

IT A 340EY Creative Italian I 1 L, ~T

Advanced language cour e which will touch on stylistic . Translation from English to Italian i discouraged. Empha is on vocabulary building i handled within the context of Italian only. Fulfill pecialization requirement.

Pre-requisite: ITA 201 E (A or B)

Instructor: P. Marchese

!TA 360e Twentieth .... ovel and Drama 2L, IT~& r, //,I(.,/ '/J)~ Svcvo, the novelist from Tri te who was di c&:crcd ~h~~e Joyce, will be th first of a seri of noveli ts to be tudicd. 0th r will includ Pirandello, Silone, Vittorini and M ravia. The g rm of the pre ent-day French theatre of the ab urd i to b found in the earlier Teatro Grott co with it dramati ts uch a Ro o di an ccondo and Chiarelli. Th ir influence on Pirand llo i indi putablc. Italian drama and com dy continue to urpri e, dcpre or elate, with work by Betti, Fabbri and D •ilippo. ( ot avail ble to tud nt who h vc taken Italian 301 EY or Italian 302 1971-72 alcndar.) Pre-requi\ite: ITA 201 E/P.I.

In tru tor; TBA

nA 371 P lntrodu ion to odern Po tr , 2L, h

A tudy of the po t-Romantic era, including Pa coli and D' nnu111.io

129

and the first half of the 20th century involving principally the Futurist revolution and Hermeticism. ( ot available to tudents who have taken ITA 303EY-1971-72 Calendar.) Pre-requisite: ITA 201E A or B

Instructor: P. Marchese

JTA 390E Verga e la tri tezza fatico a del vivere 2L, 1 T

The novels and short torie of Giovanni Verga, Sicilian and Italian who e character endure the hopele ne of life. Pre-requisite: ITA 201E P.J.

Instructor: L. T. McCormick

ITA 399Es Pirandello: Life v Form 2L, 1 T

LIN 200

LIN 201

I IN 333

Although Pirandello died in 1936, the dramatization of bis conception of life which arou ed controversy when fir t presented i still disturbing. Much of today's theatre can be traced to Pirandello' influence. Pre-requisite: ITA 201E ' P.I.

Instructor: P. Marche e

LINGUISTICS

in the phonoloi.ti al.

ur, ith mph. 1 n. tudi t 1 ngu

1tt nti n t< ~l m.tnti . · 111 tru tor: TH

130

LTR 192

LTR 193

GLL 200

LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION

The Ro e in Literature 2L 1 T ( ot offered in 1973-74) Studi the pican: que nov I. r roman c of rogu ry and its ev lution from cla ical antiquity to th pre ent day. The' picaro" will b vie~ cd in th light of hi ag • a a r fl cti n of hi environment and th vi ion of th world of hi tim1: . Special empha i will b given to i teenth and evcnteenth century pain. the home country of thi hady h ro. Tran latioru; will ~read of work by Petroniu , Apuleiu ,

Fernando de Roja , Anonymou (Lazarillo de Torme ), Quevedo Cervant , Le Sag . Grimme! hausen and Mann. Instructor: 0. Heygi

The Reafutic ovel 2L, IT !,,,,/'ff,-/ / f J! 1) An introduction to the great J:re cen e of prose writi6g in nineteenth-century Europe. The two impul e of reali m and romantici m induced a tension in the greate t creative mind of the age. The re ult was a serie of pa ionate, romantic, or tragic characters-Madame Bovary, Anna Karenina, Julien Sorel--depicted against detailed but panoramic ocial backgrounds-the apoleonic Wars, the ri e of the bourgeoi ie, the first rumblings of the revolution in Ru sia. Works will be chosen from the writings of Balzac, Flaubert, Stendhal, Tolstoy, Turgenev, Fontane, Hauptmann, Galdos and Verga. Instructor: P. R. Findlay

See also:

Gree Drama in Tran lation

GLL 202s Th ncient ovel

GLL 206F crat

GER 201 German Literature in ngr h Tran. lation

LA l 10E

LA 210

LA 211

LA 310

LA 312

LA 316

PA 191

SPA 192

Introduction to I vie Coltor nd Literatur

'in t nth Century Ru ian tit rator

of Ru i n iteratur in Tran ·I lion

Tw nti th entury Ru ian I ... iteratur

ol to and Do. to v ky

I.it rator and Politic in th 1vi ·t ni n

Sp ni h Civili1.ation and ultur

L tin m ri an ivilil..atioo and ultur

13]

MATHEMATICS

Faculty Advi er: Profes or S. M. Trott

There are many different motivations for the study of Mathematic . To the humani t, Mathematics is a part of the main tream of human culture, and he is likely to regard his subject as an art. To the scientist or ocial scientist it affords analytical and descriptive device which greatly illuminate theory. To the engineer and economi tit i an important working tool. To the math matician, it is an end in itself. Mathematic endeavours to provide cour es to suit all of the e viewpoin .

The professional mathematician is mo t likely to find employment in universities, in the civil service or in government laboratorie , and in financially or technologically oriented bu inc s firms. Research po ition require po t-graduate tudy. Su h fields as teaching, computing, applied tati tic , and actuarial cience offer opportunitie for graduates. A training in Math matic has traditionally be n a trong prepartion for careers in law and busine ; today it is al o an xcellent f undatioo for further work in a wid variety of fields in the pby ical and ocial cience .

The equential nature of Mathemati mean that pre-requi ite are e ential in most courses and that, as a rule, it i di a trous to fall behind in a cours . In other words, good preparation and te dy work are e ntial to ucce ful completion of a mathematic cours , and tudent with ut th one and or unv.illing to eng ~ m the other are advi ed to avoid the ubj ct. Where pre-n:qui ite are tatecL th may be waived for tudent who can demon trate ad1:quate no I dg .

First year tudent with adcquat pr~parati n who ant ub t ntial m th m ti cour c ith r for it O\ ·n akc or in con jun ti n with anoth r fi Id of tudy ar advi ed to take AT 139E. AIL riou tud nt hould I t e 1 T t 40E. The half course M T 11 OEI• nd f

tudent who omitted Gr d 13 fathcmnti . Erindal Coll g1: offer full r. ng of c ur r quir d f r

Math matic nd in C mpukr i n for th~ first thr m n~ cnn b mad for tudcnt ·ith B-av rage at the t. G rg mpu .

Programm in 1athemati , :

ir t Yc,r: r quired r 13 F.. f

r mm oded t. T 204m •

nd ur : required

r~ mm ndcd

' third Yc r. r quin:d

132

Programme in Computer cience:

First Y ar:

cond

requin:d c 141, cl5.,1AT139,MT140F.

re omm nd d MAT 204F. 1 T 209

r: rcquir d re ommend d c c 22

25 F. PM251E, 1.AT239. TA232

1AT244l·,AP 1241

Third Year: required c c 361 , c 37 F, c c 36 s•, f T 240E

re ommendcd c c 35 *. ELE 459F*

(*The e cour e arc available on! on the t. George Campu . )

The cours numbers indicate the year in which a cour i n rmally taken, but

this indication i n t meant to b re. Lrictive. Any mathematic course may b taken

wh n ver a tudc.:nt has the pre-requi ite or can obtain waiver of pre-rcqui itcs.

AP f 241 f thematical fodel , 2L, lT{/)tJ/ t /J~" / /f /3 -7f) Con truction and analy i of math ma c?i" ~odel in the life, ocial, and phy ical cience . Pre-requisite: fAT 244F

Instructor: P.H. H. Fantham

AP f 251 E Applied fathemati I, 2L, IT

Introduction to dynamical y tern : 1 ewtonian phy ic , Lagrangian

dynami , Jin ar network , vibrating tring , linear y tern in finite

dimen ional vector pace : imilarity, orthogonality, eigenvectors,

decompo ition of p ce . Introduction to infinite dimcn ional paces:

orthogonality, cigenvccto , ourier s rie . ome numerical method ..

Some experience in an experimental cicnce i desirable. Pre-requisite: MAT 135 (C or better)

Co-requisite: MAT 235 or P.r.

Instructor: V. Jurdjevic

APM 351 E. pplied Math matic II, 2L, 11

Partial differ ntial equations of applied mathematic , math matical model of phy ical ph nomena, ba ic methodology. Pre-requifite: APM 251 • ( or bctt r) Instructor: W. D. Lakin

csc l 08 omputer Programming, 2r., I 1

Introduction to algorithm , computer organi1ation, and a embly

languagi.::. Empha i will placed on I arning to pro •ra111111 in a

high-level language.:, tructur d pro •rammin •,and simpl application .

('fhi cour i c pccially for tud nt who want to learn pro 'r 11nrnin' for u e in th ir own <irca of int ri.::st.)

133

CC J08Y

c 118s

C C 148F

cs 15 s

(SC' 24 S

Exclusions: csc 1 08v, 148F

Instructor: J. K. Metzger Instructor: (WES) TBA

Computer Programming ( /J" / c ~ rz-.,/ 7 ?'~ /.,t) Instructor: (sos) TBA //

Programming pplication , 2L, 1 T

A continuation of csc 10 F. Practical approach to olving prob I ms using a digital computer: numerical computation , tatistical calculations, simulation . data proce ing and non-numerical calculations. Exclusion: c c 158 Pre-requisite: c I 08F Y l 4SF Instructor: J. K. Metzger Instructor: (\VE ) TBA

Introduction to Computing, 2L, l T

Introduction to algorithm and pr bkm · lving with omputcrs.

Programming with a high-level language uch PL I. tru tur d programming and problem olving. TI!u tr th appli ati ns. Elementary computt:r organizati n. a. mbl. I ngu e- • and ompiling t chniqu . (Thi cour · i. m r • int n i th n 10 F and i int nd d for tudent who plan to pursu' a pc i Ii t pr ~r mm in Computer cicncc.or~i htohavca.tr ngmin~rinC mput r

Exclu.siom: c. c I 0 T' Y

Co-requisite: . t T I 4 l 5 13Q

In tructor: . R

mput -r

rd

Pro~r mmin • l.an~u ~t: , ... r. 1 T

' I h · • ntu s~ rnanti · . and hi. h r ( f ari( 1 Ir 'l!T· mming 1. n u in ·lu hn y al' hr.ii,, · mh ,1 nnnipul.1ti m ·mt Ii t pr '

us

1 4

ontrol and data tru tur . Pr gramme c rrcctnc . Pre-requi ite: cc 15 10 \(in 1973-74only) / P.r. In tructor: J. K. M tzg•r

25 F omputer 0 nization, 2L, 1 T

c 361

CC 378F

Computer tructur _. ma hinc languag . in truction execution, addr ~ ing t hniqu . and digital r~pn.: ntati n of data. Computer

tern organization. memory toragc de ice . urvey of logic de ign and micro pr gramming. ome ca c tudie of actual machine to illu trate ariou computer architecture . Pre-requisite: cc I 10 Y (in 1973-74only) / p_r. In tructor: C.R. Crawford

'umerical nal · , 2L, IT Analy i of method for finding the ro t of polynomial and n n-Iinear equation , olving y terns of linear algebraic equations and performing matri calculation . Approximation theory. Interpolation and quadrature. umerical olution of ordinary differential equations, including con\'ergence theorem and tability. (May not be combined with APM 236 . ) Pre-requi ites: csc 158 and MAT 235/ 239 Instructor; C. R. Crawford

Inf rmati n tructures, 2L, IT Data ty and operation n them; torage reprc. cntation and retrieval; acce to vector and matrice ; Ii ts, tring and arrays; relation tween data; trc . ; graphs; re pre entation of programme. ; generalized data tructur ; data definition facilities in programming language . Pre-requisiter; c c 258r and 248s lttstructor: J. K. Metzger

MAT ] ] OEF Introdu tory alcul ' 2L, 21

(Intended for tudent. who did not take alculu in Grade XIII) Differentiation and integration of elem ntary function with application .

f;xc/u ion· Grad XIII alculu, MAl I 101.s/ I 10/130/134/ 135/ 139/139r., J50 lmtructor: TBA

lmtructor: (sus) W. B. Lakin

AT l 20r.s Finite Math mati , 2r., 21

Vector and Jin ar tran formation . Matrices and th ir prop rtic .

135

MAT 134

MAT 135

M 'I 135E

Notions of probability. Application to linear programming, game theory, and Markov chains. In tructor: TBA

Instructor: ( os) W. B. Lakin

Calculu for Social ientists, 2L, 2T

Limit , continuity, the derivative, extremal problem in one variable.

The Riemann integral, antiderivative and the fundamental theorem.

Systematic technique of integration. Vector pac , linear tran formation , matricc , determinants, linear equation . (MAT 134

has the ame mathematical content as MAT 135, but illu tration

will be drawn from the ocial Science . )

Exclusion: MAT 1 IOEF/ 110 130 135 139 139E 150

Pre-requisite: xm Calculu

Instructor : TBA

Instructor : (WE ) TBA

Calculu for cienti ts, 2L. 2T

Limits, continuity. the derivative. c. tn:mal problem in one variabl . The Riemann inkgral, antidcri ativ nd th fund m1:ntal th1:orem.

Sy tematic technique· of integration. Ve tor paci.: , linear tran formation . matrici.: , d t rmin n , lin r 1.:quation . ( tH 135

ha th' amc mathi.:m tical c ntcnt a f T 134. but illu trati ns "ill be drawn from th Ph):i al ·it:n .) Exclusion: . T I IOEF 110 130 13 13 139E 150

138

f T 340EF

1 T 345E

MAT 399Y

TA 202EF (l)

TA 232

STA 332

STA 342S

d ·anced b tract Math mafk I, 2L IT

Pre-requi ite: MAT 240E, C orb ttcr lnrtructor: TBA

dvanced b tract 1athemati II, 2L, 1 T

Pre-requi ite: tAT 240E, C orb ttcr

Instructor: TBA

Ind pend nt ' ork in Math matic A pro pcctivc tudent hould I ct hi topic and advi er before the end of cond year and di cus the topic with hi advi er. Pre-requisite: Acceptance by an ad i er

t.a • ti , 2L, 2T The purpo e of this cour e is to acquaint beginning students in the biological, physical and ocial cience with the fundamentals of tati tic . The course discus e stati tical procedure for de cribing

large quantitie of data and for making inferences about populations

on the basis of amples. Instructor: D. F. Andrew

Introduction to tatistic 2L, 1 T

Elements of probability theory, common di tribution , point and interval e timation, tandard ignificancc tc t , introduction to least square and analy i of variance. Pre-requisites; MAT 135E, or MAT 135, or MAT 1 lOEF I and

MAT 120EF/ S Instructor: TBA

Instructor: (wEs) J.E. LcBcl

Experim ntal De ign, 2L, IT The tati tical aspects of collecting and analyzing cxpcrim ntal data, analysi of variance, orth gonal de ign . Pre-requisite· STA 232 (Corb tter) or P . I.

/11 tructor: . Andr w

Regre ion Anal i , 2L, IT R grc sion th ory with applications to the analysi of non-orthogonal data. Pre-requi.site STA 232 ( orb ·ttcr) or r.J. lmtructor: D · Andrews

139

. TA 357E Probability, 2L, 1 T A thorough treatment of joint probability distribution equences of random variable , generating function , Jaw of large number and central limit theorem in Bernoulli case, introduction to Markov chains. Pre-requisite: STA 232 (C or better) or P.J.

Instructor: TBA

MUSIC

Faculty Advi er: Dr. G. G. Jone

In the Faculty of Arts and Science, mu ic i approached as one of the liberal arts and taught as cultural history.

The humanistic and hi torical approach aim for a high degree of correlation with other di ciplines of the Faculty. To mention only a few po ibilitie , tud nts of Fine Art will find fruitful parallel in w 100, 201 and 301; tuden of cultural anthropology should benefit greatly from MUS 200; tudent of language and literatures will be intere tcd to invc tigate how word and music interrelate in musi and theatre, church mu ic and ong (Mus 301, 400, 401); while any tudent in the university who enjoys mu ic will find MU l 00 a timuJating and critical introduction to world mu ic.

MU 100

MU. 200

M • 201

h1 ult

The tudy of Music Literature, 2L, 1 T

An introduction to world music d aling with th r pcrtory of we t m mu ic from th Middle Age to th 20th c ntury. n n-wc Pro mu i of high civilization , and popular mu ic. Di u i n of form, l) I and the intem:lation hip of mu. ic and culture Instructor: G. G. J n

Th Music of th l orld' People, 2L. 1T (i ot offer d 1973-74 n n-spc i Ji t introdu ·ti n to th~ maj r musi al ultur of th

w rid. mp rativ tud, f mu: i al mat ri 1 m ·Iod al . rh thm and form , ·inging. tyl-. and in trum ·nt .

Pre-rc>quisite: 1 u.

PHILOSOPHY

r W. J. Hu'• tt

Phil ophit."1l 4u tion .• 1r dbtingui h1.:d by th ir · mtinuing f- ·inati n f r th human mind and b th l ·r nnial ·lusi\ n · f th ir an ·w rs. But wh n '-n

..

140

moderate progre. i mad toward - their · lution, the impact upon thew rid of

I aming i often en rm u -. Rc,oluti n in th ught that. hake th' f undation of the

exi ting sci n hav oc urr d and e ·citing n w di ciplin have emerged. In dditi n, perple ·ing difficultic ha · · 'n uneov r din th und rpinning of the

natural and ocial ci n c a well as in th pre uppo ition of morality, freedom,

re pon ibility, r ligion, and nventionally accepted value . Th r l of th phil opher i that of rate , the elf- tyled "gadfly'', who refuse

to play your game but in i t one amining it critically in tead. He a k why you

made that mov1:, r commend alt rn tive trategic , and ma even quc tion the value

of th game it If. rate wa th fir t phil opher-kibitzer and he wa put to death.

We invite you to kibitz with us and acquire the tools and techniques necc sary

for clarifying and aluating th life and thought of the pre ent and of pa t ages. Apart from th phy ical hazard mentioned above, a critical erutiny of your own mo t

cherish d convictions and deeply-root d belief may well blow your mind. Students intere tcd in pecializing in Philo ophy hould consult Profe sor Huggett.

Although all courses in Philosophy are listed as half courses (with the exception of PHL JOO), many of them are planned as the Fall or Spring portion of a single year-long course and are normally taught by the same instructor in both terms. Since related first and second term courses are not always listed consecutively below they are indicated by the words "IN EQUE ·cE WITH" followed by the number of

the related course.

PHL 1 OOE Introduction to Philosopb ' 2L, 1 T

An examination of a wide range of representative and important

philosophical question , such a·: arc moral tandard relative to one'

ociety? Do human being have freedom of the will? Arc there rational

grounds for belief in the cxi tencc of God? I there such a thing w un elfi h motivation? What is the rdation between a per n' mind and

hi body? Topic in semantic , logic and cientific method are al o

discu ed with a view to avoiding certain common rror in rea oning.

Instructor: Staff Instructor: ( ES) TBA, (WF-5) TBA

o course in Philosophy at th 200 le el has an pr -requi 'iite •

PllL 200s Reai n and Moralit , 2L an we function a human b ing in ocicty without some form of

morality? We do in fact level moral accusation , exprc moral

indignation, pa s moral jud m nt , allot prai c and blame, and justify our own a ti n , but how can anyone know what is morally ri ht'!

And why hould anyon do what i right when it i not to hi dvant.1 • '! Thi c ur c.xamin the r lation b tw en rca < n and m r lit in

int rpcr nal r I tio and con id

141

utilitarianism, cmotivi m and cgoi m. (In equcnce with PHL 205 . ) Instructor: TBA

PllL 201 F Ethical Theorie 2L

A survey and compari on of some major phil ophers' answers to such que ti on as : What ought I to do? What i good? What doe it mean to be moral? Arc there any ab olute standard of right and rong? Selected reading from the works of Plato. ri totle. Hum , Kant, Mill and ome contemporary philo ophcr arc disc ed and their relevance for contemporary problem examined. (In equence with PHL 300s.)

PHL 202F Ae thetic 2L

PHL 204

PllL 20 I·

I Ill, 207s

What is a hoax? How d one di tingui h between a genuine v.ork d a sham or a hoax or a fraud? In dealing with th e qu tion light i shed on traditional puzzh.: in a wid1..: range of art form and media. Students who wi h to concentrate upon one particular art form uch literature or mu ic arc cncouragi.:d to do o. (&:i.: al o PHL 207 . ) lnstmctor: A. R enthal

im ti~at d tn I th' t whil.: h th\ v '\ltltain i /11\lr11ctor: 111

Film At: th tic • 21 • ... r (, 'ot sl'lt:ction \lf film Ir m .i · 1ri t l f film t_ p.: i h

thi. b.1 ·kgn un I th 1 i , di ·u · ion th a ~thdic · f tilm, tl'11 1 : prin ·if I

in th un1\er

n'

142

form and c nt nt; th function f diting; acting; pot ntialitie and

limitation of the medium; "reality'' in cinema verite. ( ee al o

PHL 202F.) Instructor: J. V. Canfield

PHL 210F Th tate and th Citizen 2L The rol of civil di obedi nee in a democratic society, the di tinction between viol nt and non-violent m de of ocial action, and the validity

of pre nt-da political radicali m. Th view of contemporary social criti and philo ophers on th and related theme arc analyzed and

ed in order to throw light on uch ba ic notion of political philo ophy as the nature of th tate it ju tification and proper limits,

and the obligation of citizen . (In equence with PHL 312 . ) Instructor: TBA

PHL 213s e Unive ity and Canadian Society, 2L A philosophical examination of the goal and function of a university in ociety. What is the social function and justification of granting degrees, conducting examinations or making academic evaluations? What doe society demand of a university and what hould it d mand?

Can and hould a university remain politically i olated? The e que tions are dealt with in the light of critical examination of current wor in the philo ophy of education, including writing by Paul Goodman and oam Chom ky. Instructor : C. E. Cas in

PHL 216F De iance and bnormalit , 2L

The notion of "d viance'' and "abnormality" in the ocial ci nee

raise question in theory of knowledge and ethic . According to what criteria do we decide that an action i "unnatural", a per on i "in anc" or "abnormal", a life-style i "d vi ant" or a political view i

"irrational"? I the application of the c label alway arbitrary. ubj ctive and culture-bound, or can it have m ba. is in human

nature? (Jn qu nee with PllL 314 . ) Instructor: A. Ro nthal

PHL 220s B lief, nowledg and nrth, 2L Gullibility and er dulity, fad and falla ics, hoaxc in i nee, rcli •i n and the arts. Again t thi background wed al with ba ic topic in the the ry of know) dg , uch a : c rtainty and kcptici m the .,ubjc tivity of pcrccpti n, n.:ason nd rationality, thcori of truth, and th crit ria and ju tification of claim to 'now. In tructor: A. R nthal

143

PHL 230F E · tentiar m and Pben menoJo , 2L

Sartre and Camus have helped make exi tcntiali m the most widely di cussed philo ophy of the present day. Existentiali m derive in part from the work of phcnomenologi ts who first trc sed the philosophical importance of detailed and accurate description of mental state and processes. The techniques of phenomenological analy i have been used by existentiali to provide a general description of the human condition-that relation between e ence and exi tence which is peculiar to man. Both existentiali m and phenom nology are analyzed and evaluated in thi course. Instructor: C. E. Cassin

PHL 232s The Philo opb of Bertrand R ell 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74) "Three pas ion , imple but overwhelmingly tr ng, have governed my life: the longing for love, th earch for knowledg and unbeara le pityforthe ufferingofman ind." (Ru sell.) Throughout hi I ng

PHL 240F (I}

l'llL 241 (I)

career, Rus ell has been as ociatcd v.ith · u uch the emancipation of women, civil libertie and oppo ition to v. ars. Heh invariably upport d the individual as oppo d to ivil r religious authority and the pirit of free enquiry oppo ~d to d gma. \ e concentrat hen: on th' ial and political pcct of R II' thought. Instructor: . I . F. rquhart

to. 2L

h n

h Birth of Philo ph. II: .

n

144

examined. ( In quenc with PHL 240F.) nly tudent who have taken PHL 240F ma take thi cour . In tructor: . J. Hugg tt

Instructor: (WE ) TBA

PHL -·BF Th of Rea n: 17th Dtur') Th ught 2L

PHL -

PHL 250F (I)

PIH. 2615

gre t formath era of mod rn philo ph · i marked by the decline of media val con pti n and the ri of mod rn cicncc. Under the in.flu n of th n "l -em rging rid-vie", philo oph rs in thi "age of r on .. dc\el ped original anal e f knowledge and certainty, ~ an and realit_', freedom and n cc_ it . mind and matt r.

d u · n d . perim nt. Hobbe , De ark Spinoza and Loe e are d tailando rs to al r . t...n . (In qu nc

'. J. HU,)! lt

t nmeot: 1 th entury Thou ht, 2L

phers of thi period developed further the in ights of their predece or . Berkeley i noted for hi ubtlc and ingeniou argument whereb he challcng the reality of an external world of material obj c ·.Hume i the major Briti h philo opher and i renowned for his

eptical attack upon e tabli hed belief and doctrine . Kant, the major Gt:rman philo ophcr, ha been am t powerful influence dominating th thought of the ninct nth century. Other philo opher of the time an; xamin d to a le r c t nt. (In quencc ith PHL 243F. In tructor: TBA

In tructor: ( E ) W. J. Hugg tt

, fod m mboUc gi , 2L, 1 T

Symbolic logic pro ide pr ci. e and fllcicnt t chniquc:. for analyzing informal reasoning. It i th refore u ful in fi Id a diver a. law, philo phy, mathematic , and computer ciencc. h m st profound theor m of math matic , having important philo ophical implication., have com from th tudy of ymbolic lo i . ( am a MAT 204 .,,.,) <In qucnc with PHI. 353s.) lmtructor: A. r. r.. rquhart

Philo~ph of Religion, 2r.

What h the nature of religious belief and is it ju ·tifiablt:'/ In attem pting to answer thi and related qu stion w st udy primi tiv rdi ion, tlm·~

145

Eastern religions (Confuciani m, Taoi m, and Buddhi m), the ontological argument for the exi tcnc of God, the Freudian critique of religion, and the relationship between science and religion. (In sequence with PHL 270F.) Instructor: TBA

PHL 270F 1iracles, My ticism, and the Occult, 2L A tudy of paran rmal phenomena, the ignificance of the occult cience , th po ibility of miracle di mbodit:d existcnc ,

drug-induced state of mind and genuine my tical experience . A election will be made from an exkn iv philo ophical literature

dealing with the topic . (In equence with PHL 261 F.

Instrnctor: TBA

PHL 280F Persons, ind and Bodi , 2L

PHL 2 l

Piil , 2 2

What i a per on? I per on a body animakd b) a ffi) terio gh tl)

entity called a "mind" or a·· oul"? Or hould c 3) that hen talk of mind we arc really talking a ut brai r about beha\iour? We examine criteria of identity of pers n O\ r time and th justification of claim that the b 'ar~ bodi of per n having thoughts and xpcricn c like our O\ n. In tructor: TBA

1.: aminin •th int inal. tru tur ,f Ian 1 ti. •

l.m •ua ·to tlh' '" rid and th hum. n mind /11\(1//< tor J l•. Ji ]Uh lrt

pr und ur

146

PHL 2 3 Th nal · of Prop anda,2L A phi! ophical ' ·amination of vari u le hniquc of p r ua ion

in ludin~ p ·chol gical \\ arfan.:. indoctrinati n, brainwa hing and

adverti mg. T pie include th cm tiv1.: u f language, per ua ivc

definition , informal falla i . th ethical pr1.: upp ition f propaganda. and th relevance of c nt mporary analy c of morality

t pr paganda war . The makrial c. amincd includc black power

literature. tudcot prot t lit ratur , and Qucbt:c cparati t d cument ,

a wdl a· cla ical w rk uch a the Comm uni l fan if es to and Mill's

Utilttariam m. In tructor: . Ro enthal

The neral prc-requi ite for 300 level course i three half cour e in Philo ophy

(PHL 100 counts two half cour c ) . However, where a particular cour c i

pecified by numb r a a pre-requi ite. only that cour e i required.

PHL 300s Contemporary Ethical Theory, 2L An inve ligation of current trends in the field of moral phi lo ophy

and meta thical theory. (In equencc with PHL 201 F.)

Pre-requi ires: Three half cour ~sin Philo ophy: PHL 200 / 201 F

recommended

PHL 312s Philo ph_ of Law 2L

PllL 314S

Law, paradoxicall , prm.idc both hackle and freedom. I the law'

double a pcct due to the unique role it play in organized ocietics and

tatc ? an th re be Jaw without coercion? hould the law lcgi . late

moral '!What is the rationale of legal punishment? Arc judicial

deci~i n arbitrary'! Classical and contemporary th orics of

juri prudence are as esscd according to th an. wers they provide to th and related quc ti ns. (In sequence with PllL 2101.) Pre-requi ite1: Thr 1,; half cour in Philosophy or thrc c urscs in the Social Science : PllL 2101 i. rccomml:ndcd. Imtructor: TBA

Philo oph of ial ienc , 21.

Topic and i uc include: ubj ctivisrn; objectivity and values, individuali m; determinism and ocial change; th nature and us of

mod I and theoric~; explanation in approaches like f•unctionalism and B ·haviourism. (Jn cquence with Pill. 2161 . )

l're-reqwsitl•s: 'I wo cour in the odal cicncc ( r .r. Instructor; TllA

147

PHL 315s Philo opby of Hi tory, 2L

The conccp , presuppo ition • methods and type f argum n u ed by hi torian are analyzed and as d. Among the que tion examined are the e: What i the role of gl:neral !av. in hi torical explanation? Can hi tory bl: objective? I. hi tory d term in d? Do historical explanations differ from scientific explanation . I hi tory without value-judgments po ible? Pre-requisites: Three cour · in Hi tory or three half courses in Philo ophy Instructor: TBA

PHL 330s Problem in Existentialism and Pbenomenolog_,, 2L

The tudy of either a problem or a particular philo opher· thought (e.g. Hus crl, Mcrlcau-Ponty, H idcggcr) in order to de pen under tanding of ome form of ph nomenolocricaJ mdhod. The tud nt is cncourag d to do indcpcnd nt re l:arch on auth of hi choi within the broad tradition of phcn menological and c:'(i tcntiali t thought and it relation to 1arxi m. Pre-requisite : PHL 230 344r Instructor: TB

PHL 344F Kant 2L

PllL 347EF

Kant i b · univer al c n cot n of th gr k t thin · r world. There arc care ly n) of the per~nnial pr I m about whi h h did n t think d pl. and I I_ int rm pcri n1.: . Perhap n thinker vcr inftu 'n ed hi u ors m r'. \V . amin ) ·tcmatically hi m t import nc v. rk, Th Critiqu of Pure Re on.

Pre-requi ite.s: Thr'c h If ur in Philo ph : PH A F 244 re ommcnd'd In tructor: TllA

man ·of th di! mma. ur l' n J·1_ • (In.' JU ·n · \\ith Piil. 4 ~- . ) Prt•-rc 111i\ilt ': l hn: halt 'l urs in Phil )Ph~ : Pm. -r comm'nd •d fl/\tr11c tor: ru.

344. i.

14

PHL 34 E Tw nti th entUr) Philo oph ·, 2L

un y of me main tr nd in contemporary phi! phy including influ ntial ntribution to the field. f logical anal is, linguistic

nd i n . mong th mor important figun:. tudicd arc Ru ell, • foorc and\ ittg n tcin. (In cqucncc with PHL 347EF.)

Pre-requi\iles: Thrc half cour in Phil ophy lmtructor: TB

PH 350F lot no diat Lo ic: Provabilif) and the Undecidable 2L

PHL 351S

PHL 353

(1)

PHL 96P

dvan d wor · in modem ·ymbolic logic covering uch topic a the

pe and limit of pr f in formal y tern , and the limitations of computability. (In cqucnce ith PHL 35 I . )

Pre-requisites: PHL 250F/ MAT 204E

Instructor: TBA

Philo oph)· of Logic and lath matic , 2L

me or all of the following topic arc di cu ed from a cmi-formal

point of view: Platoni m versu nominali m, the relation between logic and mathematic . epi ternological implications of GOdcl s and Church's theorems, counterfactual. nccc ity and po sibility,

exten i nal and intcn ion al context • synonymy, intuitioni m,. con tructivity. (In sequence with PHL 350 ._)

Pre-requi ites: PHL 250/ MAT 204E In ITll tor; TBA

t Tb 'J• 2L, JT th barber who

n c thrc

2T

149

PUL 396S Tutorial in Epi temolo , 2T

A concentrated examination of central topic in cpi tcmology, e.g. necessary truth, perception, knowledge and belief. 'ot more than three tudcnts arc~ igned to each tutor. Pre-requisites: Three half cour sin Phil ophy: PHL 220s is

PHL 497S Individual St~dies Offered only when requested by the student and when the request has been given departmantal approval .

PHYSICS

or H. W. Ta)IOr

Phy ics wa born of a de ire to under tand nature in a quantitafr~e way. Guid db_ experiment and intuition. ph) ici t arrive at mathematical rdation among arious concepts and the c are then tc ted experimentally and extend d b. funher re earch. The phy ic course offered at Erindal ar d ign d to help tud n th to under tand and to use the concc.:p and rdation hip which have been d '\Cl pcd. and to appreciate the need for continual qut: tioning of ientifi th oric.; . Th liberal art student hould gain in ight into th nature of cientifi imc tigation. "'hile th tudent wh c intcre t i in ci n e oth r than ph) i hould quire ba ·gr und

knowledge leading to a dcepa under tanding of hi own di iplin . tuden intending to pccialize in phy i ~·ill mc.;d a broad programm f c ur.; \\hi h will prepare them for advan ed tud_.

Th pre.;. cnt programme in Ph) ic t Erindalt: Coll g mplo th k d mon tration appar tu and und rgr duak f dlitie . Ith meet the divt: r nct:d of the ph) i . tud nt ·· of th1.: C JI g .

tud 'nt wi hing t . pcci lize in phy:i . h uld Cl n ult ph r.

Rec mmt:ndcd fir t-\car pr gramme : i) f r ph ·i and . cicn i Ii t :

PHY 135E, l T 13. ii)

HTI

R 'l mm 'nd d furth r tud) fl r tud nt. o n t i hin to

Ph· il:

rd 4th

I 0

PHY 11 OE Th \ l rid of Ph. ic .• 2L, 1 T, 2P

un ) course in Ph · i de. igncd to meet the need of tudcnt not int nding to pc ialize in Ph · ·ic . Topic include pccial relativity, gravitati nal. d tri and magndic f re' , lirn:ar and r tational ·in mati and d)nami . R 1.:nl d \clopmcnt in Phy ic arc di . cu d

bridly. Pre-requisite: TH. ·111 Rclati n and uncti n Co-requ f r 13 11 OEF and I 20E .

. M. \ ong

PHY l 35E Ph; i I . fecbank '2t. IT, 2P

PHY 230E

c urs in the rctical mechanic and propcrti of matter for tudcnts pc ializing in icnce. ( 1a n t be combin~d with PHY 110 . )

Pre-requi ite: GR. 111 Phy ic and 1ATH. 111 Relation & Function and Cal ulus Co-requi ite; t T 135 1AT I 39E In tructor: D. J. Dunlop

gnetim and fod m Pb 3t. 1 T, l P

b i cou d aling \\ith I tric and ma ndic fidd in matt1:r and of modern phy ic arc di. cu . d

J35E. fAT 13 110 , 120 r P.I.

mic f r tud nt pccialiring in \\ ith CUM 22 E.)

2L. I , IP

diffr n i h

PHY 211 E r ni , 2L I , 2P

An introduction to mod rn I troni for tud nt of ph ic,tl ci n , biol gy, etc. opic in lud circuit naly i ; diod tuh an I

151

transi tor ; amplifiers and o. ciIIator ; pul c and J gic circuit ; m rn measurement technique in the phy ical and life cicncc . Pre-requisite: PHY 110E/ 135E; MAT l lOEF/ 13 139E P.f.

Instructor: R. F. Code

PHY 330E Quantum Phy ic '2L, 1 T

An introduction to modern phy ic which includ a discu ion of wave mechanic with application to atomic ph ics. Pre-requisites: PH 230E, APM 251 E

Instructor: . H. Vo ko

P:1v 352E Electromagnetic Theory, 2L. lT

A detailed de cription of faxwcu· equation and th ir application to elected cl ctromagnetic ph nomcna. Pre-requisites: PHY 230E. PM 2 IE

Co-requi ite: AP f 3 1 E

Instructor: TB

PHY 355£ Topic in I ical Theoretical Phy ic , 2L

discu ion of clc t d topic from adv need d) nami and th partial differential equation of mathemati al ph_ 1 .

Pre-requisites: PHY 230E, P f _5JE

Co-requi ite: P 1 351 E

In tructor: TBA

PllY 325E Advan d Phy ic L boratol). 6P

PllY 4 0

""' 4 I l I·

t of c pcrimcnt employing dv nc d t hniqu for l t d area of ph i ·. Pre-requi. ire: PHY _ 0 Ill tmctor: taff

Quantum I ba·i ntum m ·h ni

152

PH 4. 3£1 ~~ c: ~h~ !; n~~ca ::;~£:,~::. :.:i:.:,:~~;:. .

PHY 4 5E

PHY 4 6E

nuckar r acti n and fi ion. Pre-requi ite: PHY 330E In tructor: TB

/ - I/ 1 /r:73 /if) lid tate Ph. ic • 2L f /Jc/ " /e"' •Cl 7

D · ripti n of er tal tructun: ; diffraction of -ray by cry tal l ttic ibrati n ·el mcntary theor f elc tron in cry tal .

Pre-requirite: PHY 330E

:.:~::: ::;:,2L (!Joi //£j /J -1~) di us ion of th' interacti n f radiation with matter including

lasers, non-linear proce e and cattering theory. Pre-requi ite: PHY 330E Instructor: TBA

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Faculty Ad i er: Prof es or B . Kovrig

Political sci nee i the tudy of politic and government. In general, politic arc the ways in which the d ci ion arc made about who is to rule in as ciety and what laws

and polici arc to prevail within it. phy ical boundaries. while government is the procc s by which general rul are carried out. Part of political cien e i. given over to de cribing pecific procc ore\ cnt -for example, a particular anadian party lead hip c nvcntion or uch anadian convention generally-in omewhat the amc way a biolgi l would de ribc omcthing in physical nature. But p 1litical science will go from th particularitie tog nerali1ationl>. nc may dcscrib political violence inc ntcmporar anada within the fram work of an anal · is f

vi Jene in countri imil r to our or, even more gen rally, in. II oci tic both

pa t and pr sent. he tudy of politic at r~rindalc d al not onl with how politi s and government du proc d but ho they 1hould he cnrri don in the Ii ht of a long tradition of political philo phy. Thu tud nt ill b int re duccd in some courses to

uch qu tion a what t t do we appl to d t rminl' whdh ·r ond:iml of g vcrnm nt i b It r than anoth r'! who hould rule'! untk•r what condition~. if an ·, have people a moral obligation to di ob y ovc rnmcnt'!

In pile of it fa inalion for many pcopl , political cicncc i~ a dcrnandin •stud '· Thi i w partly au it ubjc I-matt ·r i 1icry 1.:ompli.:x. But mon.: than th It, w • all bring to politic I icn c opinion bout what i and what ought to h whkh'

153

have accepted uncritically. Herc arc some que tions to which mo t people would give ready answers:

(l) arc totalitarian nation more likely to have aggre sivc foreign policie than have democratic countric '?

(2) is it de irablc that governments hould not try to "legislate morality"? (3) arc we more likely to control environmental pollution if we ve t powers ovt:r

such matters in larger rather than smaller units of government?

Although mo tofu would be willing to make nap judgm nt. about uch que tions as the e, each is very complex and our opinion arc probably no tt r founded than are tho e of non-expert about, ay, the lawofrelativityor the cau e of the common cold. The tudy of political cicnce will not climinat political prejudices and is n t directed toward eliminating political con i tion but al a minjmum it give a per on more ability than he had othi.:r i to ghc an ccount of the basis of his belief both about what the politic I\\ rid i and \\hat it can and hould be.

The Specialist programme require tanding in at h: t I 0 cou in P liti al Science, of which at I a t mu t be 200 or higher ri cour . tak n part of four year programm . tudent t king a pcciali. t programm mu t nr I with th Department of Political Econom). (, 'ote: co_ t 323. lntrodu tion r Public Administration. can be con idercd a a POL cour .

S GGE TED FIR TYE R PREP RA IO.': On or Tw f: POL I 00. POL 10 I, POL 104. POL I 00 i a pr -r ·qui it . for dvan t:d urs

G vcrnm nt and Public dmini trati n _ tud ·nt ''ill find EC''O I u.dul.

omparati\t: p )litk ( n \ ·l1\ l mpar.1th Pnliti · ( 0 ,, ·l11pin

Int rnati{ nul Rd.1ti1 n Cunadi 111 1c hrnm ·nt, nd Publi~ \ lminbtr. tion Politi ·11 R •h;n i11ur

P 1 I n Introduction to C n dian Politk . "', I n intr Ju ti~in "'th l liti .1111 in<.. • in lu !in, I liti · I

I 4

POL 101

POL 1

POL 200

POL 201

POL 2 2

ulture nd havi ur, p liti al parti , the tructur and functi n of politi al in tituti n , fed rali m, French anada. Jn tructor. P. Fo Instructor : ( E ) 0 . \ . mil y

Introducti n to Political i nee, 2L re ding f om1.: important ll: t in political phi! ophy as a cric of nfrontati n b tw •n fi e ct of political thinker wh were

c nkmporari of each other-Plato and Ari t tlc, Hobbc and Locke Burke and Paine, Calhoun and Mill, iebuhr and Marcu e. fan ·of the mo t crucial que tion of politic will be raised in term

of the claim of go\ernm nt. the limi of legitimate p litical authority, the nature of human righ and what kind of knowledge we can have a ut politic . In tructor: D. V. Smile)

Forei Political lo ·mtions, 2L 1 T

A contemporary course trc ing foreign political movements and form of government relevant to twentieth century politic : Pre idi.:ntial government (U.S.); Parliamentary y tcm (France and Germany); oviet Comm uni m; and the fa ci m of Mu solini' Italy and azi German . In tructor: J.E. mi th

Hi tOI) 0 p liti aJ Th U ht, 2L Examin fundamental concept and theme of the main political philo ph r of the ~ e tern world from cla. ical Grc cc to the modern time. Instructor: J. Colman

Politi J B ha iour, 2L An intr ucti n to th ial and p ychol al tudy of politic . lnstru tor: J. crry

155

POL 203

POL 204

POL 208

POI. 209 (1)

Politic and Government of the nit d tate , 2L ( Tot offered in 1973-74) Examine the evolution of the American Con titution a well as the actual operation of government through the wor ings of politics and administration; it cover executive-I gislativc rclati n , partie , pressure group , and th bureaucracy. Instructor: TBA

Soviet Government and Politi , 2L, 2T (Fir t part of course lecture • ccond part cminars)

A urvey of Soviet political in titutions and proce e . concentrating on the evolution of the Sovi t political ) tern and applying ocial scicnc tcchniqu to an anal) i of current viet politi . Instructor: R. B. Day Instructor: (WE ) R. B. Day

International Relation , 2L

A study of international ) tern with mph i on th oum:_. pattern , and r olulion of interst t confii t. Instructor: R. Gregor

Instructor: (WE ) R. Gregor

In. true tor . L df

2E Political M s Examines th v

2L inh rent comple ities of

d mocratic soci ty i.e. Coamunism, F s

POI 302s

Ill tm t >r: rn \

its n n-d cratic lternativ zii Instructor: J. B

t rn .urope. ~L (,' t di din

L6

p 303F

POL 304

PO 320

POL 323

POL 327

POI. 328

POL 329

Politic and Government of th nit d Kingdom, 2L (N t offer d in

1973-74) ur · with particular mpha i on c ntcmporary Briti h problems,

rclatin tht.: ·,to me gen ·ral th mi: onccrning the nature, trength

of lib ·ral dcm Jrntructor: R B. Da ·

Politic of the Third World, 2L ( ot ffcrcd in 1973-74)

f dem Political Thou ht, 2L Thi cour c cxamini: the di.:velopment f p litical thought in the period b ginning after the Fr nch Revolution and continuing through th nin t enth century, with pccial attention to the implicati n of thi d vclopm1.:nt for political thought in the h entictll century. Both d m ratic and anti-d mocratic tcndcncic arc considered. ln.stru tor: C. H. Fairbank.

Topi in Canadian Politic , 2L

A work h p or eminar me ting weekly in two-hour essions. tud nt will b r pon. iblc for completing one major re earch or

reading projc t r altcmativ ly two term project! in area f their m n choo ing in anadian politic . ion will dcv ted to reviewing and analyzing material rclakd to cour e topics and to report· on work in proer or completed. Pre-requi ite; POL 100 P .I.

In tructor: F. W. P r

omparathe Foreign Polic , 2L

An xamination on a comparative basi of tht.: foreign policies of the United U1tc , the ovi t nion, real Britain. ·ranct.:, rmany, and India. Imtru tor: R. Gr gor

Int rn tional Organil tion, 2L International organi;ration and international law (the U 1ml le 1gu~ y tern , etc.) in trum nt for c nlli t resolution in tlw intl rnati mal tate y tern.

!11 true tor: J . Barro

far i m-1. nini m, 21. ( ' t nfT r <l in I 97 -74) A un y of Mar i t political thou ht d alin •with th wor th , rman i I D mocrat ; Lenin, 'I rot ky .111d th Ru i n

157

POL 340

revolution; Maoi m, and the problem of modern Communi m.

Pre-requisite: P .I.

Instructor: R. B. Day

ndergraduate The · An indepcnd nt re carch cour e to be undcrta ·en b, tud nts

specializing in Political cicnce.

Pre-requisite: P.I.

Instructors: Staff

POL 411 F Canadian ederali m, 2L (, 'ot offered in 1973- 4) A study of contemporary Canadian fed rali m ith mph i on

federal-provincial financial and admini tr th r lation , th coru;titutional di\i ion of 1 gi lative pcmt::rs, fed ral pee of parti an-political relation and cultural duality.

Pre-requisite: POL I 0 P 1

Instructor : D. V. miley

POL 413 Prolindal and Lo al GoHmm nt, 2L ( 'ot off r din 19 3-7 ) Pre-requi ite: POL 100 P.1.

lllstructor: TB

POI. 414. Politi d o mm nt of Communi t E t · ur p _ T t off"'re in 1973-74)

n are tud ' urs "ith p rti~uJ r ~·mph

rl'gi n I int gr ti n nd th infiu nc id Pr -r quL itt : P 1

lll tru wr: B. 1'.oHig

POL 4 I. min r in Int rn ti n I P

nt ti n. J>rt requi ite: P

lll tru tor : R. Ko\ ri •. nd J.B. m

I'( I -2

,t m. J>r -r q11i,itt : l < l. -04 lmtru tor.,: l . J . . 1rillith n l l . H I m n

n.

15

• PSYCHOLOGY

Faculty dvi 'r: F. I. M. Craik

P ·cholog • i th icn which e amin the tructurc and organi ation of behaviour in animals and man. It i c nc·rn ·d with th' mean b 'which b1.:haviour i acquired

nd e pl re th m<.:chani m of adaptation to the cial and phy ical environment.

Emph i i dir ted to ard cognitive, ial, ph · iological. genetic. and other factor which d termine or affect ha iour. Among the topic covered by

p :ch logy c urs an.: d vdopmental change· in b haviour. learning, the tructurc and organi ati n of the nse . mod of perceiving and re ponding, the m ir nm ntal and g nc.; ic e'fen whi h hapc b haviour, the origins and implication.

of dri'fe mothc , c nflict . and em tion, and the wide ariety of individual and ~peci diff renc which are produ db diffen.:ncc in g<.:nctic ef1Powment, ph) iology. nd p ·t e. pericn .

Because of th1.: d mand of cience for rigour and objectivity, strcs is given to the technique by v. hich behaviour i tudi1.:d. B cau p ychology is the cience o~ the behaviour of all organi m . the di cu ion of animal b haviour con ti lutes an important part of many p ychology cour!>c . An intensive examination of cxperim ntal findings i paramount in all psychology course .

Student who arc intcre. ted in psychology a a car<.:cr must b pn.:parcd for several years of graduate tudy. Pa on who hold a Ph.D. in p ychology find employment in unh·cr 'ti . re arch in titutc . mental ho pita! and clinic , governm<.:nt agencies, nd larg corporation . A f work a elf-emplo_ cd con ultant or therapi t .

The B. . ith a con ntr tion in p )Cholog_ i n tit elf a prof es i nal qu lification. P opl h ldingb chelor' d gr in p )Cholo t)picall find mploymcnt in a

·de varie •of bu in

pro •rmnmc

p y 100 lntrodu ·to P cholo , 2 t.

P ychulogy i th ci nc of b haviour; and thi our cs ~ kstn

159

p y 2001'

p y 201

acquaint the tudcnt with the eicntific method it i applied in attempting to und r tand both human and animal behaviour. This course is a strongly recommended pre-requisite for all other psychology courses. Instructor: Staff

Instructor: (SE )TBA,( DS)l.1 .Spigel V.E )F.J.M.Craik, T. M. Alloway

tatistic and Re earch De · I, 3L Ba ic de criptivc and inferential stati tic . Instructor: TB.\

tatistic and Re e rch D ign II, 3L Conccrn1.:d.,.. ith th d ign ot e. pcriment method of tati tical ana1) i including c Pre-requi ire: P 'I 200F r qui ·aknt Instructor: TB

nd lb m r ad\ anc1.:d

mpl naly i of arian

P Y 203EF Introduction to

P Y 204E

p \ 20411

PS\ 20

Instructor: (\

Per on lit_ • 3 L

mph i. on mpiri I r

n ed f r hi ' m nt, m nif Jlre-req11i1it1•: P \' I 00 /mtrn It r : P. Plin r R. R ·nb um

ln.1tru tc>r: /111tr11c ror: t s) P. 1 Ill" )r I

ri ni m

ith n

160

P Y 20 EF n ory and Perceptual Proce e_, 3L

·amination f th on~li al and p rimi.:ntal effort aimed at und r tanding en ry and per 'ptual functi n. mpha i will be plac don i. ion ri.: carch at both the phy iological and b havioural level . Pre-requisite: P Y 100 Instructor: I. M. pigel lnstru tor: (WE ) I. M. Spigcl

P Y 209E Ph) iological P ycholo 3L

An introduction to the tud of the neural and endocrinological ba is of b ha iour. Pre-requisite: P Y 100 Instructor: M. Mo covitch

P Y 209EF Instructor: ( E ) M. Mo covitch

P Y 2l3EF Comparative P ycbology, 3L

The innate and learned social respon cs of a variety of animals will be tudi d with empha i on both the similarities and difference in pecie - pecific modes of re ponding.

Pre-requisite: PSY 100 In tructor: L. Krames In tructor: (WE ) L. Krames

P Y 216 perimental De ign and Theor , 3L

Prob! m involved in experimental design and the int rprctation of experim ntal finding ; the logical tructurc of psychological theories. Practice in the critical evaluation of experimental de ign and the corri.:ction of experimental error . Pre-requisite: PSY 100 Instructor: T. M. Alloway In tructor: (WE ) I. M. pigcl

P v 218EJ las ic I and In trumental Conditioning, 31. Ph nomcna of clas~ical and instrumental conditioning in mumnrnls will b di cu d from both an empirical and i theoretical p int of vi w. c to acquaint th1: tudcnt with mo t of the basic findings in thi area. Pre-requisite: PSY I 00 lmtructor: T. M. Alloway Imtructor: ( DS) 'I. M. Alloway, (w1~s) ·r. M. Alll way

161

PSY 300EF Population Regulation Mechanism , 2L ( ot offered in 1973-74) Seminar covering the behavioural and genetic aspects of population regulation. Students pre ent paper and lead discu ion on selected topics. Empbasi will be on mammal and insec . (May not be combinedwithJPZ200E 1971-72Cal ndar.) Pre-requisite: P .I.

Instructor: L. Krame

P Y 31 OEFf Individual Project Designed for tudents de iring to pursue independent research into a pecific a pcct of human or animal behaviour.

Pre-requisites: P Y 200F, 201 . a laboratory course and P .I. Instructor: Staff

P Y 3 I I E t Individual Proj ct

PY 326E

P~\ 3 On

PS\ •• lls

D igned for tud nt d iring to pursu ind1.:pendent r arch into a pecific aspect of human or animal bcba .. iour.

Pre-requi ites: P Y200F.20L. I borat rye ur ndP.I. Instructor: taff

In tructor: K. R. Bl n ·:c in In tru tor: ( o )K.R.Blan·,t in. \\E lK.R.BI

mm nd d

Ill true tor: (

d

ry

162

Pre-requisites: P Y 200F, P Y 350Er/ P Y 214 1971-72 Calendar (Al r comm ndedP Y201 andP Y216E) In tructor: F. I. M. Craik In tructor: (\\E ) F. I. M. Craik

P 353E aboratory in ensory and Perceptual Proce e , 1 L, 3P The fundamental of en ory and perceptual proces e , chiefly vi ual. Students conduct week! laboratory experiment , u ing each other as ubjects. (May not be combin d with P Y 208 .)

Pre-requisite : PSY 20 EF Co-requi ites: P Y 200F and P Y 20 I recommended Instructor: TBA

P Y 3 4EF Laboratory in Phy iolo ·cal P ychology, 1 L, 2P ( ot offered in 1973-74)

A laboratory inve ligation of the phy iological underpinning of behaviour. Pre-requisites: P Y 200F and PSY 20Is (Recommended PSY 100 and 209Es) and P.I. Instructor : TBA

PSY 355ES Laboratory in P ycbobiolo , J L, 3P ?~r #-t' e/ / t J:3 /if) Supervi ed demon tration experiments de ignelto .familiari e tudents

with m thod of collecting, analy ing, and reporting data in ethological and phy iological experiment employing animal ubject · tudent will also learn how to handle . lcct d sp cie of animals. Pre-requisites : PSY 200F, PSY 201 and either P. Y 209E or P Y 213Er Instructor: M. Moscovitch

PSY 356E Laboratory in Social P ycholo , IL, 3P

Indcpcnd nt re earch projects in the g ncral r of ial, personality or developmental p ychol gy. ach pr j ct will include th de.-: ign of an experiment, data collection, and a written report. Pre-requisites : PSY 2001 , 20 Is, on of 203 · r, 2 4r. . or 368 . l mtructor; R. R s nbaum

PSY 362r:.s nimal B hniour and F,tholo , 3

A tudy of the ocial b haviour o or anism (human and non-human) a ob rvcd and measured in both laborntory nd fields •tting . Pre-requi5ite.s: PSY 100, PSY 2131.1 and omc l< ti~tic re ommcndcd. Available to Second Year tud nts on J>.I.

lmtructor: L. Kramc In tructor: (w1.s) L. Kram

163

p y 362EF nimal Behaviour and Ethology Same as 362Es above. Instructor : (sos) L. Krames

P Y 364E ciaJ P ycbolo : ttitud , 3L ( ot offered in 1973-74)

Inten ive tudy of social attitudes and opinions--tbeir development, description and measurement, modification, and organi atioa. Pre-requisite: P Y 203EF and P.I.

Instructor: TBA

P Y 365Es Social P cbology: Inter-personal Behaviour, 3L

Detailed anal i of ome of the detenninan and con quence of various forms of ocial interaction; conformit) and social influence. ocial compari n, affiliation.

Pre-requi ite: P Y 203EF and P.J.

Instructor: P. Pliner

PSY 366E cial P )Chology: ial Perception, 3L ( ot offo::r din 19 3-74

PY 6 F

P \ 70 F

1 " n11 r

E amination ind ptb of the wa) in which people,; w oth rs and of the p ychologi al pr und rlying th c i w : impre ·on formati n. ingratiation nd the pr _entation f If. c gnith con i tenc;. Pre-requi ite: P Y _03EF nd P.I.

Jn tru tor: R. . 1. R o::nbaum

urr ntar',1 ofr

i ntifi ,tud

mm nd d nd P.1.

n im tu t bth ,; ur

164

ind tail. The ar'a will in Jude th following: the hormonal basi.

of human and animal b ha i ur, th' development of motivational tern and perceptual capacitic , th phy i I gical ba ·c of memory,

langua , and other higher c rtical function in man, and the

n ur h mi alb c of lc1.:p and moti n. Pre-requisite: P Y 209E and P.I.

In tructor: M. Mo covitch

P Y 372EF P ·cbophy iolo 3L

E amin thi: interrelation hips between phy iological and p ychological aspects of b haviour. The emphasis is on tudics

mploying human ubj ct who e phy iological re pon cs arc recorded on a polygraph while stimuli are pr1.: entcd which are designed to influence mental, emotional or motor behaviour. Pre-requisite: P Y 2 l 8EF and P .I.

Instructor: K. R. Blank tcin

PSY 373E ComparativeP ychologyofLeaming, 3L/:.r/f1#..ceJ /fJJ J-1) The learning capacities of a number of di~cnt' kinds of animals will be discu ed and compared. Con. idcration will be given to theoretical and practical problem encountered in attempting to under tand the evolution of learning capacitie . Pre-requisite: P Y 218EF and P.J.

Instructor; T. M. Alloway lnrtructor: ( ·os) T. M. Alloway

P v 374Es Laboratory in P ychophJ iolol? , 3P The fundamentals of p~ychophy iological re carch. tudents conduct

weekly laboratory expcrim nts with the polygraph, u ing each other a subject . opic include r cording. coring and quantificati n problem , autonomic reactivity, habituation, r1.:action time, cla sical and in trum ntal conditioning, biofc dback and lic-dcll.:ction. Pre-requirile!.: PSY 200 , P Y 201 ·S, P Y 372H und P.J.

Imtructor; K. R. Blankstcin

PSY 378F.. v lopmcntal P ycholog : ognitive 0 I< pmcnt, 31. A urvcy of contemporary re carch and theory in the dcvclopm nt of language, thinking and intelli cnce, including a con idrnllion of Piaget' view .

Pre-requi1ite: P Y 100 and P . r.

lnrtructor: ·1 HA

lmtru tor: ( f>S) r. Langford

165

P Y 380Es Developmental P. ycholoio: Early cial Behaviour 3L An examination of research on topics such as attachment, dependency. and peer relations in infants and young children. Pre-requisite: PSY 368EF and P.l.

Instructor : C. Corter

P Y 380EF Developmental P ychoJoio: Earl) Instructor: ( o ) C. Corter

·a1 Bebniour 3L

P Y 400E

P Y 405E

The · Re earcb In addition to periodic eminar . tudent will conduct ind pend nt. though upervi ed, re arch and write a the i b d upon the work. Pre-requisite : P Y 200F. 201 , on year of P ) hol g) laboratory cour e and a good backgr und in p ) hol gical cour w r . For fourth year tud n onl). and with pcrmi ion of a upen · ory _taff member.

Current I ue in P cbol g)·. 3 T

Thi cminar cour e attcmp to integrate trand of p ychologi al thinkingfr mth \ariou more pccificc urs v.hichth~ tud nth alread t k·n taff member will c. min thl: ri nd findin~ fr m tb 0 ir 0\\0 ar a of int 'rt: t and pla~ •th min bro d r nt~ t.

Pre-requi. ite.: P.r. F rthird and fourth~ r tud nt ~ith

b kgn .. und in p chologi I cours' In tructor; taff

PS\: 41 OE. opic. in De I pmentaJ P. cholo • ( /J,/ Pre-requi ire.: P \ -OOF. _01 nd P.I.

For fourth. 'ar tud nt

r \ 41 2 · 1 f Indi idu I Proj t

D . ign ·d fr r tud nt d iring to pur u ·ind •pend 'nl r · rch int ~ ·ifk ~1·~ t of hum n l r :inim,\I hd,l\i ur.

Pr.-rtqui.\ite. p·\.,l ,.,_Ol-,al.borlt r ur andP.1.

lmtr11c1or · t 1ff

I' ., 41. E t Indh idual

D • ·ign t f r 'tud nt d irin~ tl pur u ·ind pcnd 'nt r ·pc iii :l'\ . l r hum.Ill r ·mim.ll b h. \ i ur. l'r ·rt'qtmitt '· P ... t . 20 I • , I b )f t r ur md P .I.

fm·tmcfllt·: t.1tT

166

p 41 E • h orie of p ychothcrapy, 3T ~' r ,/Jt .. ,,/ If/:} 7,;) Pre-requisite : P Y 200r·, 201 and t.~ // • For f urth y ar tudcnt

P 420EF* Topi in cial P ychology. 3T / _ Pre-requi ite : P 200 , 201 , and P.1.VJc;t

F r fourth car tudcnt

#~,,,.! /f13·7:)

opic in bn rmal P . chology, 3T ( Pre-requi ites : P Y200F, 201 , and P.I. ""

. " ) P Y 425EF*

For fourth y ar tudent

P Y 430EF* ToPk ;n Comparative P ;cholo , 3T ( Lt " Pre-requisites: P Y 200F 201 , and P.1. L<

For fourth year tudents

P Y 435E * Topic in Learning, 3T andP.1.( ,, I'

Pre-requisites: PSY 200F 201 I(

For fourth year tudcn

PY 440E * Computer Application 3T ( I I It II

Pre-requisites: P v 200F, 201 s and P .I.

For fourth year tudent

( " ;.,

p y 445£ • Topic in Motivation and rou al, 3T " Pre-requi5ites: P Y 200F, 201 s, 370E and one year laboratory cour e wor in P ychology, and P .I. or fourth year tudent

PY 450 I* Topic. in Per onaHty, 3T ( ,, fl II

Pre-requirites: PSY 200f·, 201 s, 204 :. , and P.I . For fourth year tudents

•Only on or two of the e cour e will be offered in 1973- 74. Th attention of advanced psychology tudcnts is drawn to PSY 4051, um:nt I sue in P ychology, which cover topic in various area of psychology at an advanc d lcvd. t Relevant faculty member mu t b con ultcd during pr eding term .

RELIGIOUS STUDIES

Faculty Advi er: Profcs or . J. ~lmcr

Religiou Studi , a an acad ic di. ciplin , i ba d upon an: niti< n of the fundamental ignifi anc of r Ii ion for man and ocicty. Its intrnt is t(l provide tud nt with an opportunity to d epcn their under land in• of man ,md his

.., )

.. )

,, ) ... )

" )

167

institutions and to explore in variou way the ultimate quc tion and convictions which have affected the foundation of his life throughout history. mong the perspective and methods involved in the course are those of Hi tory. Philosophy, P ychology, nthropology, and Sociology.

Historically, man has expre sed hi profoundest conviction . que tions. aspiration , and fears in many way . Hi art, philosophy, conduct, ocial institution . even his theories about the phy ical universe have conve ed and illuminated his mea ure of himself and of the world in which be live . From time to time these forms of expre ion coale ce within a particular pattern and tradition which we may identify as a "great'' or a "world'' religion, but along with uch religions-both within them a well a out ide them-are th individual each with hi own per onal conviction . value and int rpretation of e:'{pcrienc and of th ) mbols by which he repre ent to him elf the ultimate concern of life. The examination of all thi con titute th academic enterprise which v.e title Religiou Studi .

peciali t programme normal!) require an acad micnlly h rent combination of at least ten cours in Religiou tudic or cours1.: offi ic. ly er -Ii t d by th Combined Department for Religiou Studie cho n inc ultati n \\ ith a f ~ult; advi er o a to rv the intcr1.: t of the tudent. It· ordinaril e pe t d that the Programme will take four ·ears. coherent Programm~ hould cXpo e the tudent to a range of world r ligion nd pproa be to the tudy of rdigi n. ugg t d combination of cour · • ar1.: utlincd in th d 'P rtm ntal brochure. avail ab! at the College Regi trars' offi e.

R L IQ

tr diti n

ill

lnstru tor: ( \ F ·)

R I, 17 l The ' 'i dom nd th nt

int th tuJ nt h h littl

nth I ·mrni I th m

168

REL 203

REL 250EF (l)

REL 251E (I)

Rf.I. 265P.S (1)

1 tcd readings b John Robinson, Paul Tillich, and T ilhard d Chardin will be et off again t those b Harvey o Sam Keen and R bert . ap n. tudcnt \.\ill b ' c pc kd to participate in tutorial

well c mplctc \ ritt n a ignmcnt . In /rue/or: L. . hmidt

R ligion and Imaginative iterature, 2L, 1 T

Anal i and intcrprctati n of different kind of religiou in ights in great author ; de el pm nt fr pon iblc approachc to the eriou ne of the concern exprc . ·din variou kinds of literature :

D ·toicv k , Toi toy. Joyce, Eli t, Mauriac Bernano , Camu , Miller, alinger, Upd1 e, t. Exupery. ( 1a not be combined with REL 302,

1971-72 Calendar.) Instructor: M. Lavelle Instructor : ( E ) M. Lavelle

EvolutionandE il (jJ, j < h:.-c,j l fl.3 J.I ) This course will examine the thought at/sp~rit of Teilhard de Chardin as a Christian interpretation of the evolutionary theory. Particular emphasis will be given to the problem and my tery of evil in relation to evolution and Chri tianity. The dignity and value of human work and the relevance of Teilhard de Chardin for 20th century man arc other pivotal i ue . Method of evaluation will be based principally on two piece of written work. Exclusions: REL 250E , 251 E Instructor: ( o ) L. J. Elmer

volution and vii-in the thought of eilhard d hardin, 2L, IT Thi cour e will examine the thought and spirit of Tcilhard de hard in a a hri tian interpretation of the evolutionary theory. Particular empha i will b given to the problem and my t ry of evil in relation to evolution and hristianity. 'J h1.: dignity and value of human work and the rel vane of Teilhard d hardin for 20th e ntury man are other pivotal issu . Principal texts: /'he Phl'n<>mt' nun of 1c111 and The Dhine Milieu both by Tcilhan.I de hardin. Exclufion : RFL 250r:r and R .1. 250 . Instructor : L.J. ~!mer

Instructor: (WJ·s) L. J. Elmer j ~ R ligiou I niu es-f,ast and We. t v21 # /( ('/ R Ii •iou g niu cs at variou tim and places h· v~it~:r challcn d, di carded or reinterpret d traditional view as bdn t

If, '3 J.;

169

L 266E

REL 360

REL 7.E

inadequate or ob oletc. This cour will critically examine and compare the live , teachings, and contribution of som of the following: Moses, Buddha, Lao-Tzu, Confucius, Zoroaster, Je u and Mohammed. Particular mphasi will be placed on the relevancy of their view and teaching upon contemporar} ocicty. Exclusion: REL 266£ Instructor: ( DS) S. A. igo ian

The Bible and Its Litarary A.,_ecedents 2L, 1T A course designed to introduce students to the history, structure, purpose and content of the Bible against the background of parallel literary writings of the period. Particular reference will b~ made to the following: the Old Testament and its anteced nts (Mesopotamian, Egyptian, Canaanite literature), the ew Testament and its ante­cedents (Apocrypha, Apocalyptic, and Rabbinic literature and the Dead Sea Scrolls). Textual and topical dis­cussions will b ... mainly from the reading of primary sources in translation. Ins~~~: S.A. igosian

la ic and Rell ion Hell ni tic J udak,

/111tru 1or: 1... ·hmidt

170

SLAVIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

Instructor: . Sbneidman

Tb Sla ic literary and cultural tradition r pr ent on f the gr at achievement f mankind. The Department offer a rang of c ur e in Ru ian language and

lit rature to pro id ace to that traditi n. Th course arc uitable for inclu ion in a wide ari t of programme of tudy irr pe tive of whether the tudent ha tudi d Russian in Grad XIII or not. omc tudent may pccialize inten ively in

Rus ian Ianguag and literature. Other may imply wi h to gain a working knowledg of Ru ian to aid their reading of important material in anoth r field, as fore. ample. cience or cial cience. Language tudy in the Department emphasizes kill in using literary material , and it al o employ oral methods combining small

in tructional group with laboratory and conversational practice. Rus ian literature has alway been concerned with meaningful and universal

human problem and has looked at them from a fre hand unique point of view. Giants of world literature uch a Pushkin Turgenev, Tolstoy and Do tocvsky, e plore the e problem in their nineteenth century novels, play and poetry. The continuation and development of thi ame tradition under new Soviet conditions in the twentieth century by writer ucb as the obel Prize Winners, Sholokhov, Pasternak: and Solzhenitsyn, make another fascinating area of study.

The specialist programme in Rus ian Language and Literature requires ten SLA

course over the four-year programme. The speciali t programme in Slavic Languages and Literature requires eleven LA cour c. over the four-year

programme. Both programme include seven Ru i n "core" cour es required for the Rus ian component in double pecialization.

Erindale College offer a full range of cour e required for pecialization in Rus ian Language and Literature for the fir t three year of tudy. Fi t-year programm : required LA I 00, recommended LA 1 t OE Second-year programme: required LA 210, SLA 220

Third-year programme: required SLA 310, LA 320; r commend d SLA 3 I 2, LA 316 Students who have taken Grade xm Ru ia11 ar admitted to LA 220

(Intermediate Ru ian anguagc).

SLA 100

l.A 11 OE

ir t rRu ian,4T, Jp

An introductory cour e in Modern Ru ian for tud nt with little or no prior nowlcdge of the languag . Pr ticc in, ural c mprc hrnsion, speaking, r ading, and writin . Languag laboratory pra lice. Instructor: K. Lantz

lntrodu tion to I vi ultur nd 1.itcratur •, Ir. 11 (In hn Ii. h) h historical d vclopmcnt of Slavic cultur~. langua c, and

literature fr m th b ginnin to th pr .,cnt. Read in s (in tn n. I 1tion)

171

SLA 210 (I)

SLA 211 (I)

L 310

Sl • 1-

selected from all periods of Ru ian, Ukrainian, Poli h, and other Slavic literatures, including wor by Do tocv ky. lzhenitsyn. Shevchenko, Micki wicz. Instructor: . Shneidman Instructor: (WES) TBA

ineteenth Century Ru ian Literature 2L, l T (In Engli h) A study of the major novels of the nineteenth ccntUI)' with emphas· on the problem of the individual and ociety. Readings (in tran tation) of the works of Pu hkin, Gogol, Turgen v, D tocv ky. Tot toy. and others. Student pecializing in Rus ian will be required to do a certain amount of reading in the original. Instructor : K. Lantz

Masterwor of R sian Literature in Translation study of major fictional and dramatic wor b nin t enth and

twentieth century Rus. ian author , including Pu hkin, Gogol, Turgenev. Toi toy, Do toev ky, Gork ·.Past rnak. lzb ni yo. An examination of the t ·ti tic range and of th p ) h l gical, patitical and phil ophical con em of the e writers. Exclusion: LA 210, 310 Instructor: (WE ) TB

Int rmediat Ru ian, 3T, IP

C ntinu d tudy of Rus ian with langu g> I bor IOI) pr ti . or I pra ticc. c mpo ition and mi.:rsation ba d n re dine flit rary te t and topi f urr>nt inter> t.

Pre-requi ite: la\ic I or Grad :m Ru lnstru tor : K.

111\trtt tor: K. l antz.

.• l . l (In :n li h

tud f th '' ritin and id f th' t n

172

LA 316

LA 320

R adin (in tran lati n) ' ill in lude in addition to other works,

War and Peace and Anna Karenina b . Toi toy and rime and Puni hmetlf, The Idiot. and The Brother Karamazov by

. D stoe k, . Pr ~ctive student arc ad vi ed lo read at least two

f the w rk in the umm r pr ' ccding the c ur c . Pre-requi~ite: ne literature c ur

In tructor . . hn idrnan

Literatur and Politic in the oviet nion 1 L IT (In Engli h)

Th origin and nature of political control of literature. The impact

of literary the rie and writer ·organization on literature. Ideology,

a th tic , and political reality in the ovict nion. The writer and hi

rea lion t Party policie . Reading · (in tran lation) of rcprc entativc

wor of literature and rel \ant ideological material. In tructor: TBA

dvanced Ru ian 3T, 1 P

Continued tudy of grammar, com po ition, and tran lation. Oral

practice and styli tic analy i of elected text . Exten ive reading programme.

Pre-requisite: LA 220 or equivalent

Instructor: . Shneidman

SOCIOLOGY

Faculty Advi er: Profe r W. . Kalbach

One of thee ential qu tion ociologist have had to confront concern. the

extent to which the indi idual i determined by ocidy and to what extent he i a

determinant of ociety. In examining such quc lions, ociologists u c the method. of

science as well a tho e of the humani tic disciplin s . The answer arc n )t

self-evident and traditional explanations oft n pr ve unreliable, both a· t source

of understanding and a a guide to action . In the c circumstnnccs, soci logy

provide anoth r approach for a e ·sing cxistin knowledge and <kvdoping more valid thcoric of ocial b haviour and the natur of ociety.

Students who int nd to pur uc career in other field~. may ain from the stud ·

of sociology a cl arcr unJ rstanding of the human and SllCial condition as it

relates to th ircho. en profc ion and to contemporary in. tituli ns in rcncral.

Thcr arc opportunities in anada and abroad for professional sociolo 'ists in

teaching, re arch, adminbtrativc and consult in p lsitions. profl.:ssi11nal cm 1.:L' t in

ociology, however, u ually r quire advanced trainin 'h' ond th un I ·rgraduuk level.

173

The Speciali t programme in Sociology requires four full years and a minimum of seven courses in sociology. including the following: oc 201 or it equivalent (Check the St. George Campus Cakndar, "sugge tcd programme of. tudy'' in ociology for ace ptable cqui .. ak:n ), one of oc 203, 313, or 401, and at le two 300- or 400-serics soc cour e . It i trongly recommended that oc 201 be taken during the Second Year. Stud nt entering thi programme should enrol with the Department of Sociology before the end of the first term in their second and subsequent years.

Students should eek advice from speciali t within the Department while working out their programme .

oc 101 Introduction to cfology, 2L. lT An introduction to the basic concept . principle and methods of ociology as a di cipline for the tud _ of oci ty.

Instructor: t Spencer (and other TBA)

Instructor: ( ) _ 1. H. Cooper. \\ E ) f. H . Cooper

In all 200- crie cour. c thi.: . tud nl \\ill be a urned to ha"e the backgr und

knowledge providi..:d b) ociology l 0 I.

. 0 201

0

. feth ds ial Re earcb, 2L, 1 P

An introdu tion to :ociologic l n: ear h pr tati tic . (Thi oursc bould be ta ·en in th

Instructor: J. Ken in In tructor: ( E. R. \ '· Burn id..:. (\\ E ) TBA

tru ture of Int rpersonal R lation .... L. l T

tud of patt rn d r lation hip • ~j rol which ari ' ut 0f int raction m ng indi' idu In trurtor: TB.

dure and elementary

ond) ar

nd. I.

min

}

174

of it gen i , ial definition, maintenance contr I, and ial c n qucnc .Form rly o 20 E (1971-72Calcndar). In tructor: P. Lorion In tructor: ( E ) TB

213 E ial tratification, 2 L, 1 T

0 214E

E amin th various y t m by which, in all human cicti , r ward ( u ha pr1.: tige, wer, wealth and other ) ar differentially di tribut d, and the principal th orie which have attempt d to account ( r th ph nomena. Formerly oc 206E (1971-72

al ndar). Instructor: J. Kervin Instructor: ( DS) TBA, (WE ) J.B. K rvin

Sociology of th Family, 2L, 1 T

D velopment of the contemporary We tern family with pecial emphasi on the changing relation among it member . Formerly oc212E (1971-72Calendar). •

Instructor: TBA

Second-year tudents may be admitted to 300-level cour e if pace is available. Course listed a being offered as part of the Third-year programme may not be offered every year. Student interested in specific cour cs and especially tho for which instructor have not been assigned (TBA), are ad vi d to check with the Faculty Advi or or the uppl m ntary calendar before final rcgi tration.

oc 303

oc 304

305

anadian iety, 2L, 1 T

An analy i of the changing tructurc of Canadian ociety. In tructor: L. Felt

Social ang,3L (!Jo/ If.,,,; ,,, 17r1 -N An examination of technical,. ocial, and ideological change accompanying indu trialization in b th d vclopcd and und rdcv I pcd countric.. arm rly soc 3221.l (1971 - 72 alcnd r). Instructor : TBA

ciololO' of Religion, 2L, 1 T

Various thcori s of religious b havinur and organization ar cxamin d with special attention given to the role of rl'ligion in n:lation to ocial change and ocial integration. urrc nt rcsc·1rch and mclhn Is of tudy will als b1.: trcs'>cd. lmtructor; J. Simp on

175

50 309 M C-Ommunications In anadhu1 let, 2L, IT/,./, ,,£.,/ ,/l 7d The development and impact of the technology and ·n titut~7"" mass media on the . ociety and culture of Canada.

Pre-reqw ite. One course in ociology Instructor: A. Powell

soc 3 I OEt' S Race and Ethnic Relatio , 3L

oc 311

oc 312

s ( 24h

Social proce e involved in minority relations in term of race and ethnicity and their ocial , economic, and political consequence .

Instructor: TBA

ciolo of Education 3L An analysi of the relation hip between education and oci ty in comparative per pcctivc; the con. qu nee of th int mal tructure of educational y tern ; and current contra\ i urrounding the function and tructurc of educational in titution . Instructor: ~ pcncer Instructor : (\\ E ) • 1 Spencer

Population: plo ion and Co equ n n analy i of population change and con qu1.:n e from both global

and Canadian perspective . Trends in m rtality. fertility and migrati n arc examined rdati\ to their ignifi an for growth. and their rclati n to ocial tru tur• and ocial chang . Instructor: \ . E. ,. Iba h Instructor: ( E ) ~ E. K lb h

. . , ... Power and Organization 2L, 1T An introduction to the sociology of bureaucracy and administrative organiz ion, with an hasis on the social contexts of policy-form tion, decision- ing, and particip tion in wide nge of organizations. Prerequisite: Introductory course in Sociology, Political Sci nee or Economics.

Imtru tor: 1 B

Th r lati n t) fX'' Imtructor: 111

. l rganiz tk n in th ir

176

oc 32 E n ironm ntal ciology, 3L

An amination of th multi-fac led relation hip b tween the phy ical nvir nm nt, e pecially the man-made environment (e.g. building )

and human b ha iour. Principle underlying man' u e of pace and the potential ignificancc of the en ir nmcnt a a variable in the tudy of human behaviour will be con ider d. Pre-requisites: soc IOI o 205E or P.I. Instructor: H. Bre !au r

oc 329 f Collective Behaviour, 3L

OC 340E

An analy i of non-conventional ocial action as een in crowd and m behaviour (panic , riot , demon trations, craze , etc.) involving a tudy of relation hip between form of collective action and the more conventional ocial order, i.e., the relation hip of collective behaviour to ocial action and control, tability and change. Instructor: TBA

Instructor: ( ES) TBA

Concepts, Methods, and Value in rban Studies, 1 L, 3P (Same as GGR 340E)

A cour e de igned for students concentrating in urban tudies irre pective of major disciplinary area. It provides a urvey of a variety of types of urban study from the social cience perspective. The major emphasi i on linkage between the ways in which urban phenomena and proce e arc conceptualized, the method employed to tudy them and the often implicit sy tern of values in which such inve tigations are framed . Urban re earcher , both academic and applied will be invited to discu their re carch in the context of the e i UC •

Pre-requisites; Either so 205, or GGR 241 or P .I.; and, either soc201 OTGGR271 andGGR202EF,orP.I. Co-requi ites: At lea tone oth r urban cour e, e.g., o 328E , GGR 341 EP, 345Es, 333Es, 379EI. 346 . etc., or P.I.

Exclu ion; GGR 340E Instructors: H. Bre laucr, H. Andrew , G Gad

so 390 Y Individual udie I

Students who wish to explore a ubject in. ociology not offered in the regular programme, or to a gr atcr depth than wa. po. siblc in uny course already completed, <.,hould submit a specili pr po al to a profe or not later than ctob r l st. Prcferenc is given t tmknts with at I ast B+ standing in econd Year, and such n:gi~tration is

177

possible only when a faculty member i willing and available to

supervise. Pre-requisite: At least two sociology cour c at the 200-lcvel and P.I.

SOC 392EY lndfridual tudj Il (Sec SOC 390EY)

Third-year tudent may be admitted to 400-level cour c if pace is aYailabl".

so 408E Sociology of Poverty,2L (/7e7".1!!_,e.~e/ /f /3-7./) The study of poverty as a phenomenon·m contemporary indu trial societies with a particular emphasi on Canada. Th m aning and measurement of poverty in hi torical and contemporary term \\ill provide a central focus; and a review of the available xplanation for poverty will be pre cntcd, including '"per onal failur ", ubcultural trait , and the working of the We tern indu trial ocial sy tern.

OC 422E

0 426E

·o 4 .. 71

Pre ent attempts at combating povcrt,. from g ' mment programm to 'citizen a ti ism" will be cxamin1.:d to a their impact on th incidence of poverty. Pre-requi ite: t lea t two ociolog c urs1.: ·or P.I.

Instructor: L. Felt

Workshop in Re arch • letho • P

n ad\ anced c u involving elected r1.: ar h t chniqu ior _ ial

enquiry empha iring data coll ction and anal) ·i . Pre-requisite : oc _o I. and t le . t t\\ o -j I urs nd th

introduct ry le "Lor P.I.

Instructor: . Benn tt

trate for

h n,.., '. Pr -n·qui. ire : thl.lt 0

·I. ot intr du 'H rv k 197_-_ al ·nd r)

111 truuor Tll

a: ,maJi,rn

17

u ing do umcntar material· for analyzing th claim of variou liti t per. pectivc,.

Pre-r qui ite : t lea t thr cc ur c. in ociology including o I 01, and oc 213 or P .r. ( ot pen to tudents wh have taken

mparat1vc lite • a a third- arc ur c.) In tructor: . Bennett

oc 49 Y lndep ndent Re earch I

Open onl when a faculty member i willing and available to supervise, with preference to tudent with at lea t B+ landing in Third Year.

o 492EY Independent Re earch II ( e 0 491EY)

SPANISH

Faculty Advi er: Profe or M. Scarth

Spani h studie ha a twofold goal: the first, to learn to speak, understand, read and

write with case a language hared by over two hundn:d million people; the second, to come familiar with the civilization and intellectual life of the Hi panic world

through tudy of the arti tic and literary phenomena of that world.

Th peciali l pr gramm1.: is designed to allow the ·tudcnt who i interested in entering Gr duate tudics in pani h or to enter Type A cour . .ne ollege of

Education. Th tud nt ma , of cour e, cho e a comt.ned Sj.JCCialization programme of pani h and any other discipline.

The tudy of pani h can also be a preparation for such career· a those in the foreign scr ice, journali m, publishing and commercial and cultural relations b tween Canada and Spani h peaking countrie ..

atin Am rica v.ith million of panish p ak r. hould he of vitul intcrc t and concern to orth Am ricuns. It is incvitublc that anada's tics and conta ts with thL area will incrca . 1 hu opportunities for per ons w II ver ed in the Hispanic fidd hould also incrca .

The languag laboratory is u d to prornot flu ncy and aft1.:r the first year, all cour • both lit rary <1nd lingui tic, arc conducted in Spani-,h a mu has possibk in order to give the tud nt maximum ·xposurc to the Ian uagc.

Jn the 300 and 400 rics, cour will only b • otlcrnl iftlll'rL' is suflicicnt nrolment. ur e so dclet d, and other , may be taken on the St. cor, · \1mpus

with the pcrmi ion of the Di ciplinc Rcprc<;cnlalivc, /.'ar/y <'011 rnltation with tlll'

staff is, therefore, e1 <'nlial if the 1111dr11t i1· to hf' <11.\llrl'fl of a prowammc .mitah/1• for his need1 and interetlr.

179

SPA 100E

SPA 191E

PA 192E

PA 220E

(1)

SP 2-2F ' (1)

I'

(1)

Beginning pani h 3L, 2P

For tho. e who have had no prcviou background in Spani h. By the end of th year, students hould have acquired suffici nt kill in the written and spoken language to be able to pccialize in Spani h if th y wish. Emphasi will be placed on oral practic b th in cl and in th language laboratory. Instructor: Staff Instructor: ( os) J. Web tcr, (WES) TBA

panj h CiviUzation and Culture (in Engli h). 2L Presents an overall vi w of the activiti of th Spani h people from the early settler of the pcnin ula to th current cen . U ing the h. tory of the country as a ba ic framl:, th· cour \\ill d al \\ith th main current of thought and the major accompli hm nt in likrature. art.

architecture and mu ic. lid\; , mu ic and oth r illustrati\ c material will be used. Instructor: f. arth

Latin American Chilization and Culture (in Engli h). :!L From the pre-Columbian civilization ( ztec •• 1 a) a and Inca) to th pre nt; ignificant manife tatiom in lit raturl'. art, mu i . ar·hit ctur . Di cu ion of ial, econ mic and politi~al pr bl m f Latin

meri a. Ill trati 'I.: material.

lnterm diate rammar nd Compo iti n, _ T, 1 P

ondu t -d mainh in pani h n j d i!.!11 d fl rth ompl ·t d b. i cour 'in the langu ~ . R in fl r nd r fin' tud 'nt · k.n "kdg of pani: h ll II \\ ::- ng o pr i n

and broad 'r und landing of the I n u g .

Prt•-requi itc l n ·quhal nt Gr. Ill nd P.J.

lmtru tor: TH

Sll)fj' .

Pre -requi. ti

Intn duction to lodt:m p ni h 0 m ,

n intr xlu ·ti n t) th m i rn l rni h t. g fXlrt

1 0

PA 2 7 (I)

PA 320E

PA 325E

PA 343m

l'A 346J:

leading pla -wrighL in a vari t f dramatic producti n . In panish a much a po iblc. Pre-requi ire : P I 00 , r. 111 PA or quivalcnt Instructor : M . earth

R ading from fodern pani h Pro e, 2T ·vcr I modern h rt t rie and c ay will be tudkd not only for

th ir lit rar \aluc but for the insight th provide into cial and int lie tual problem . In panish a much a po ible. Pre-requisite : P J OOE Gr. XIII P r cqui alcnt lmtructor: M. arth

Creati e pani h, 2T

onducted mainly in pani h and de igncd to meet the need of tho c who alrcad ha ea good basic knowledge of the language. Empha i on improvement of tylc, tran lation, c ay writing and oral practice. Pre-requi ite : PA 220E or equi alent and P . I.

Instructor: TBA

Hi tor of the pani b Language, 2T

The cour e will bl:gin with an introduction to phonetics, phonology and ba ic concept of lingui tic .. lt will then proceed to the tudy of the l:VOlution of pani h from it vulgar Latin origins up to th pre nt day, in it phonetic. morphologic, . yntactic and lexical a pects. An attempt "'ill bi: made to relate lingui tic d1.:vclopmcnt to historical and cultural a p ct . om general knowl dgl.' of Latini. d<.:sirable. Interc. t in th orl tical linguistics and a working knowledge of panish will be a umi.:d. our c is given in , panish. Pre-requi ite: SPA 220n or equivalent Instructor 0. Hegyi

.olden Ag Drama, 2r ( ot ofkrcd in 1973- 74) ·r h evolution of drama through th1.: study ol individual drnmatist will

pur u d from ope de Vega to uldcr6n . 'I hi.' course will bl.' given in Spani h.

Pre-requisite : SPA 220r. or cquival1.:nt :ind on1 othn cours.: )f th<.: 200 or 300 rics, und P.r. l n\lructor· 0. Hegyi

Modern Spani'>h Drama, 2 J ( ot ofkrcd in 1973- 74) Th cour <.:will cover the ix riod from the Romantic Drama of till'

J 81

eightccn-thirtie up to the pre ent day. Th course will be giv n in

Spani h. Pre-requisite: SPA 220E or equivalent

Instructor: E. cglia

SP 353EF Don Quijote and the. Olel of the olden 2T

PA 356E

PA 366E

'P • 76EF

Special con id1.:ration will be given to th picar que novel with th later part of the cour e dedicated to Ccrvante .. The course v.ill involve

cxtcn ive reading of original tex and it will be given in pani ·h. A good working knowledge of pani hi a urned. Pre-requisite: P 220E or equivalent and n oth r cou of the 200

or 300- erie

Instructor: TB

todem pan· b 'o ·el 2T

The cour v. ill cover th period fr m th beginning f th r ali tic

novel in the nin te nth century up to th pr cnt da:. tu1.lo.:n v.ill be expe t d to do a c rtain am unt of reading of original t ·x preparation for th ir I and a g or ·ing kn wli.:d_ e pani h i as urned a th cour ill be gi ·en in pani h.

Pre-req11i ire: P 220E or equi ·alent and P.I.

Instructor: 0. H gyi

ui l nt

1 2

PA 3 5EF pani h m rican tor and ny, 2L (Not offered in 1973-74) Rcpn: cntativ work, of outstanding pani h American cs ayi ts and hort tor ritcr including arrni nto, R d6, Quiroga, B rge , etc.

will tudi d. Pre-requi ite: One r more PA 200- crie cour c. or equivalent In tru tor: E. cglia

PA 393E pan· h History from 1815 to the Pre ent (in ngli h), 2T (Same as HI 393E) ( ot off n:d in 1973-74) Conducted in Engli h, this cour e i de igncd for Spani h and History tudent . An inve tigation \ ill be made into how nineteenth century

Spain prepared the ground for the Civil War ( 1936-1939) and Franco' Regime. Pre-requisite: P .r. Instructor: J. Web ter

PA 394E paoish Hi tory from 1469-1815 (in Engli h), 2T (Same as HI 394E) ( ot offered in 1973-74) Conducted in Engli h, for Hi tory and Spani h students. Beginning with the reign of Ferdinand and I abdla (the Catholic Monarchs), the cour e i planned to give omc idea of pain's G Iden Age and period of decline. Pre-requi ite: P.I.

In tructor: J. Webster

P 395EF ani h i ii\! ar (in English), 2T ( amc as HI 395EF) Th origins and after-effects of the Spanish ivil War ( 1936-39). Pre-requisite: P .r.

Instructor : J. Webster

PA 420 I· dvanced omposition and tyli. ti . (offered Wednesday 7:00-9:00 p.m.) De ignt:d f r th c who already haw a go d knowh.:dgc of th languag . :mpha~i on ability to writ g d panish style and on the improvem nt of th facility throu h tran lation, ssays, lcttc rs, ct . Pre-requisite: SPA 320!.Y or equivalent and P.1.

In true/or: J. R. Webster

SURVEY SCIENCE

•acuity Advi l'r: (j 1raeic.·

Survey sci nee i u d to mca ur and represent the tcomct ric and physi al feature of our nvironrn nt. Accord in •ly, urvcy cicncc i of fundam nt,11 importance in a vari ty of a tivitic , whi h may includl' mappin 'th c.irth' 'it1rfal:t:

183

and charting its water , e tabli bing land boundarie and delineating property, searching for and inventorying natural re ource , studying the figure of the earth, and locating tran portation facilitie and other engin cred structur . Recent activity include topographic mapping of the moon's urface using metric pho ography acquired by Apollo pacecraft.

Survey cience relate to many other d. ciplin , particularl} th e which deal with the earth and its environment. foreover, increa d ophi tication in me uring and data pri.,_essing procedure has brought urvey cience into close alignment with the ba ic discipline of mathematk , tati tic , computer cience and phy ic .

Student intending to become profe sional surveyors will ati fy the academic requirement of the A ociation of Ontario Land urvcyor by c mpl ting a four-year programme of tudy which include . t T 13 , TA 232 c c 10 For c c 148F, PHY 11 OE or PHY 135E, EP lOOE, GGR 241E GGR 373E, R lOOE. SUR 2 lOE, UR 220E, R 230E. UR 240E • R 3 lOE, and th dditional li t d Survey Sci nee course .

UR 100E

R 210E

l R -20 ·

Introduction to urve. in , 2 L, 3 P

Introdu ti n to the proc dun.: u d to a quir fi Id dat • pr urv y inf rrnati n, and pr 1.:nt r1.: ult in v rious form . with

con ideration given to geod tic. c rtographi . h)drogr phic. c d tral and engine ring appli ation . Pre-requi ite: Gr d ·m t TH A or tATH I · 2 Instructor: G. Gr k

unn .Gunn

nd PH l 10 · 1.. In tru t >r:

I 4

R 230E Land une)in 2L, 3P

Pein ipl nd proc1.:dun.: for pre i mca urcment of directi n, di t nee po iti n, height and depth, including le tromagnctic di tance m ur m nt and po itioning. Introducti n to dcvcl pment of a un y } t m. including te hnicaJ. on mic and legal con idcration .

Pre-requi ire : fAT 135, PHY 110E/ 135E and 'R lOOE In tructor: TBA

f urem nt Theory and dj tm nt of Ob rvation , 2L, 2P The tati tical theory of mea urem nt, including the concept of m asurcm nt and error. mea urc of pr ci ion and accuracy. error pr pagation. weighting of ob 1.:r ation , error ellipse and ellip oid , and the tati tical properti of 2 and 3-dimcn ional.error . The m tbod of le t quare • \\ith appli ation to everal problem . Pre-requi ite: csc 10 F/ 14 F/ P.I. Co-requisite: TA 232 Instructor: TBA

R 310e omyLaw,3L (n. /,IL""' /f 11-1<1) Principle of evidence, land sur &k·s~~m , real property law, tran for of land owner hip, land boundarie and description ; the Surveys Act and oth r legislation. · Pre-requi5ite: P.I. Instructor: TBA

In tructor: (WE ) TBA

In 1974-75, th cour offering in urvcy ci nee will be expanded to includ · third and fourth year cour in:

Data Managem nt and Repr ntation, Prof ~ ional Practi c, urvc.:y ontrol, and Survey D ign and Synth i .

/

.1

Abbreviations I SO Academic Date & Deadlines I 3 Administrative Staff I 5 Admission Requirements I 17 Advanced Standing I 19 Aegrotat Consideration I 46 Anthropology I Sl Applied fathematics I 132 Art Education Programme I IS Astronomy I S1 Athletics I 13 Attendance I 47 Audio-Visual Aids I 14

Bachelor of Commerce Programme / 76 Biology I SS Botany I SS Bursarie I 2S

Canada Student Loans I 26 Chemistry I 6 Classics I 73 Commerce I 1S Communications I 9 Computer Science I 132 Confirmation of Programme I 20 Counselling I 12 Course Change I 20

Degree Requirement I 42 Denti. try I 36 Drama I 0

id I -~ 99

llc.llth ni· I 1. Hi It ry I I I 9

ie'1 e I I

14

I I~

Index

Latin I 75 Law I 37 Library I 12 Lingui tic / 129 Literature in Translation I 130

fap I inside back cover fathematics / 131

. fature Students / 19 tedicine I 36

\ticrobiology I 58 tusic I 139

Ontario Student ward Programme I 1S

Penalty Fee. / 23 Pbarniacv I 36 Phil~phy I 139 Ph) .i I · Occupational Therapy I 36 Ph~ 5 I 149 Pla!?iari m 4 Politi al Science I 152 Principal' te !'C I 11 Probation / 44 Proft' ion I Facult" I 36 P ycholo I 1

I ... I 'o

I .

Z I I -